2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.2043 2014/01/23 20:27:19 ca Exp $
5 This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6 of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7 summary of the changes in that release.
9 8.14.8/8.14.8 2014/01/26
10 Properly initialize all OpenSSL algorithms for versions before
11 OpenSSL 0.9.8o. Without this SHA2 algorithms may not
12 work properly, causing for example failures for certs
13 that use sha256WithRSAEncryption as signature algorithm.
14 When looking up hostnames, ensure only to return those records
15 for the requested family (AF_INET or AF_INET6).
16 On system that have NEEDSGETIPNODE and NETINET6
17 this may have failed and cause delivery problems.
18 Problem noted by Kees Cook.
19 A new mailer flag '!' is available to suppress an MH hack
20 that drops an explicit From: header if it is the
21 same as what sendmail would generate.
22 Add an FFR (for future release) to use uncompressed IPv6 addresses,
23 i.e., they will not contain "::". For example, instead
24 of ::1 it will be 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1. This means that
25 configuration data (including maps, files, classes,
26 custom ruleset, etc) have to use the same format.
27 This will be turned on in 8.15. It can be enabled in 8.14
29 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_IPV6_FULL')
30 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.
31 Add an additional case for the WorkAroundBrokenAAAA check when
32 dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
33 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time.
34 Problem noted by Pavel Timofeev of OCS.
35 If available, pass LOGIN_SETCPUMASK and LOGIN_SETLOGINCLASS to
36 setusercontext() on deliveries as a different user.
37 Patch from Edward Tomasz Napierala from FreeBSD.
38 Avoid compiler warnings from a change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.25.
39 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
40 Add support for DHParameters 2048-bit primes.
41 CONFIG: Accept IPv6 literals when evaluating the HELO/EHLO argument
42 in FEATURE(`block_bad_helo'). Suggested by Andrey Chernov.
43 LIBSMDB: Add a missing check for malloc() in libsmdb/smndbm.c.
44 Patch from Bill Parker.
45 LIBSMDB: Fix minor memory leaks in libsmdb/ if allocations
46 fail. Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
48 Add support for Darwin 12.x and 13.x (Mac OS X 10.8 and 10.9).
49 On Linux use socklen_t as the type for the 3rd argument
50 for getsockname/getpeername if the glibc version is at
53 devtools/OS/Darwin.12.x
54 devtools/OS/Darwin.13.x
56 8.14.7/8.14.7 2013/04/21
57 Drop support for IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses to prevent the MTA
58 from using a mapped address over a legitimate IPv6 address
59 and to enforce the proper semantics over the IPv6
60 connection. Problem noted by Ulrich Sporlein.
61 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.6: the wrong list of
62 macros was sent to a milter in the EHLO stage.
63 Problem found by Fabrice Bellet, reported via RedHat
65 Fix handling of ORCPT parameter for DSNs: xtext decoding
66 was not performed and a wrong syntax check was applied
67 to the "addr-type" field. Problem noted by Dan Lukes
69 Fix handling of NUL characters in the MIME conversion functions
70 so that message bodies containing them will be sent
71 on properly. Note: this usually also affects mails
72 that are not converted as those functions are used
73 for other purposes too. Problem noted by Elchonon
74 Edelson of Lockheed Martin.
75 Do not perform "duplicate" elimination of recipients if they
76 resolve to the error mailer using a temporary failure
77 (4xy) via ruleset 0. Problem noted by Akira Takahashi
79 CONTRIB: Updated version of etrn.pl script from John Beck
82 Unlike gcc, clang doesn't apply full prototypes to K&R
85 8.14.6/8.14.6 2012/12/23
86 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers
87 two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after
88 STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for
89 the client side would fail. Problem noted by Lena.
90 Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way
91 as that may cause addresses to change from lower case
92 to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications
93 can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving
94 headers in the same way as they are being sent out such
95 as a DKIM signing milter.
96 If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue
97 runners could not be started anymore because an
98 internal counter was subject to a race condition.
99 If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication
100 with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout.
101 In some situations, the resulting error might have been
102 ignored. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
103 Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter
104 should not be done without considering the potential
106 smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for
107 the milter which invoked it, instead of a global
108 list for all milters. Problem reported by
109 David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland.
110 If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20,
111 then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for
112 gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead.
114 If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system
115 error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that
116 triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access
117 memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some
118 systems). Problem reported by Ryan Stone.
119 Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing
120 log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX.
121 Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL.
122 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD.
123 Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it
124 is done for IPv6). Patch from John Beck of Oracle.
125 Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures
126 that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including
127 the reason for the failure in a single log line. Suggested
128 by James Carey of Boeing.
130 Add support for Darwin 11.x (Mac OS X 10.7).
131 Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from
134 devtools/OS/Darwin.11.x
135 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.12
137 8.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17
138 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache
139 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier
140 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the
141 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions.
142 Problem noted by Jim Hermann.
143 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS
144 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a
145 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE.
146 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
147 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking
148 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous
149 versions the mail might have been queued up already
150 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt
151 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent
153 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2.
154 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable
155 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets.
156 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and
157 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls
158 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms.
159 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD.
160 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two
161 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and
162 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust
163 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR
165 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the
166 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query.
167 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman.
168 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6
169 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or
170 unparseable) address is specified.
171 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is
172 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing
173 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
174 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing
175 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases
176 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone
177 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem
178 found by Andy Fiddaman.
179 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support.
180 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle.
181 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a
182 letter between the question marks. Patch from
184 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail.
185 Patch from Mitchell Berger.
187 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6).
188 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch
190 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later.
191 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on
192 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle.
193 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other
194 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from
195 Jan Pechanec of Oracle.
196 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t
197 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle.
199 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4
201 8.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30
202 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters
203 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate
204 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired
205 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail.
206 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow
207 could occur which might result in bogus characters
208 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of
209 Pepperdine University.
210 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al.,
211 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland.
212 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return
213 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to
214 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers
215 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve
216 Hubert of University of Washington.
217 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly
218 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems
219 to be happening on some Linux versions).
220 The process title was missing the current load average when
221 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA.
222 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven.
223 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if
224 only some of them are processed.
225 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies
226 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo
228 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it
229 would not be initialized for use in the client either.
230 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ.
231 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the
232 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations
233 because the prime used by the server is not long enough.
234 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for
235 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow
236 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters
237 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from
238 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology.
239 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little
240 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from
241 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
242 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait.
243 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD.
244 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer
245 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
246 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks.
247 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to
248 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch
249 from Martin Poole of RedHat.
250 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would
251 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed.
252 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it
253 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner
255 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db')
256 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too.
257 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw.
258 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence
259 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause
260 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments
261 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the
262 University of Helsinki.
263 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application
264 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as
265 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic
267 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist()
268 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes.
269 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters
270 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin
272 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be
273 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from
275 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is
276 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with
277 OpenLDAP proxy servers.
278 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope.
279 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport.
281 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from
282 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
283 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions.
284 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
286 8.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03
287 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map
288 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken
289 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub
290 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus
291 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not.
292 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was
293 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by
294 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same
295 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz
296 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes.
297 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch
298 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD.
299 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem
300 noted by Beth Halsema.
301 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS
302 was activated. This may cause problems if that value
303 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner.
304 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset
305 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege.
306 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate()
307 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of
308 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine
309 whether libmilter contains this fix.
310 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when
311 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD.
313 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5).
314 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from
315 Chris Behrens of Concentric.
316 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber.
317 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash.
319 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x
322 8.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01
323 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in
324 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be
325 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue
326 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem
327 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
328 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which
329 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter
330 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding
331 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner
333 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not
334 work in earlier 8.14 versions.
335 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to
336 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient.
337 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete
339 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as
340 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from
341 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
342 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are
343 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested.
344 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup
345 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for
346 the query (not also those in the "additional section".)
347 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server)
348 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and
349 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously
350 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch
351 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation.
352 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires
353 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself.
354 Problem noted by Eliot Lear.
355 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is
356 compiled in but not offered by the server and the
357 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege.
358 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the
359 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This
360 should help "failover" configurations that specify more
361 than one LDAP server.
362 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could
363 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring
364 a system which does not have the compile time flag
365 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura
366 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
367 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the
368 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by
369 Petra Humann of TU Dresden.
370 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not
371 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori
372 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan.
373 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao.
374 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when
376 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when
377 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory.
378 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where
380 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled
381 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an
382 8.14 libmilter.so shared library.
383 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel
384 from the version number, however, the returned value was
385 correct for the current libmilter version.
387 8.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03
388 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep
389 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the
390 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced
391 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug
392 found by Andy Fiddaman.
393 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character
394 could not be set in 8.14.0.
395 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS
396 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message
397 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by
399 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq.
400 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of
401 Science and Mathematics.
402 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce.
403 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition
404 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE
405 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and
407 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4
408 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data.
409 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary.
410 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College.
411 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the
412 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman.
413 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option
414 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales.
415 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation.
416 Patches from Bryan Costales.
418 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to
419 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR.
420 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob
421 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
422 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX
425 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4
427 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h
429 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry:
430 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html
431 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html
433 8.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31
434 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes:
435 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit.
436 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in
438 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any
439 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to
441 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can
442 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion
443 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter
444 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of
445 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from
446 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
447 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then
448 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the
449 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set
450 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback.
451 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating.
452 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon.
453 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command.
454 Patch from Nik Clayton.
455 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of
456 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing.
457 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually
459 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode
463 children MaxDaemonChildren
464 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the
465 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the
466 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based
467 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth.
468 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch
470 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check
471 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do
472 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk
473 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
474 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause
475 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message
476 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver
477 et.al., patch from Matej Vela.
478 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine
480 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end
481 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message.
482 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address
483 is a header address it also distinguishes between
484 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for
486 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible
487 by all transactions in the same SMTP session.
488 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY).
489 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the
490 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will
491 slow down responding.
492 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is
493 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory
494 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying
495 a file where to store the selected key.
496 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam
497 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command
498 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the
499 connection is terminated immediately.
500 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting
501 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual
502 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless.
503 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps:
504 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries.
505 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of
506 a query if it is too long.
507 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated
508 to form the result of a lookup.
509 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests
510 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly
511 started by using "make check".
512 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been
513 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by
514 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University.
515 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for
516 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll.
517 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a
518 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not
520 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number.
521 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
522 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle
523 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux),
524 which may improve the communication performance on some
525 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of
527 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF
528 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously
529 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last
531 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to
532 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now.
533 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with
534 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations.
535 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
536 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to
537 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem
538 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
539 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL
540 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH
541 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both
542 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2.
543 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by
544 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile,
545 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on
547 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP
548 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS.
549 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University
550 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
551 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP
552 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either
553 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server
554 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil
555 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of
557 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses
558 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record.
559 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner.
560 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override
561 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers.
562 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db')
563 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form
564 To:user@example.com RELAY
565 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of
566 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the
568 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name
569 for the HELO/EHLO command.
570 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine
571 messages by using those values as second argument.
572 Patches from Nelson Fung.
573 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and
574 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or
575 preceeded by a backslash.
576 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates
577 directories, then it used for "make install" to create
578 the required installation directories.
579 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for
580 executables (defaults to confCC).
581 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that
582 has several changes which are listed below and documented
583 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html.
584 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been
585 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter,
586 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally,
587 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally,
588 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such
589 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also
590 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used.
591 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to
592 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available
593 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to
594 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows
595 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the
596 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure.
597 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters
598 can act on the DATA command.
599 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters
600 can receive also unknown SMTP commands.
601 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which
602 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the
603 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action.
604 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the
605 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks
606 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This
607 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the
608 body chunks it already received without reading the entire
609 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions
610 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback.
611 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add
612 new recipients including ESMTP parameters.
613 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the
614 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters.
615 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected
616 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol
617 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether
618 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the
619 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error".
620 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it
621 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step
622 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option
624 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all
625 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC
626 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA
627 does not add a leading space to headers that are added,
628 inserted, or replaced.
629 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO
630 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session
631 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks.
634 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4
635 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4
636 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4
638 include/sm/sendmail.h
640 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html
641 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html
642 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html
643 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html
644 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html
655 8.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09
656 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then
657 the server can erroneously report that there is
658 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that
659 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those
660 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert
661 of University of Washington.
662 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after
663 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if
664 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki
665 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege.
666 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from
668 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable.
669 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit.
670 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4
672 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback
673 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However,
674 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence
675 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.*
678 8.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14
679 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to
680 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow,
681 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This
682 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7()
683 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to
684 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength.
685 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to
686 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this
687 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further.
688 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness.
689 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for
690 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g.,
691 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli.
692 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase)
693 a df file might have been left behind in the queue.
694 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O
695 layer made in 8.13.6.
696 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a
697 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD
698 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/
699 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives",
700 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen.
701 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments
702 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those.
703 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases
704 to avoid those false positives.
705 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration
706 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid
707 files were not removed.
708 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP
709 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem
710 reported by Akihiro Sagawa.
711 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding
712 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against
713 either of these versions and compression is available,
714 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on
715 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley.
716 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used
717 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups,
718 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid
719 further problems, no default value is available anymore,
720 but an argument must be specified.
722 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from
723 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah.
725 8.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22
726 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server
727 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O
728 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of
729 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an
730 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of
731 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals.
732 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force.
733 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if
734 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum
735 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default
736 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on
737 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching
738 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS.
739 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start
740 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do
741 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found
742 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
743 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response
744 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised
745 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC
746 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead
747 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a
748 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff
749 A. Earickson of Colby College.
750 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John
752 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue
753 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are
754 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman.
755 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to
756 resume a stored TLS session.
757 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that
758 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded.
759 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak.
760 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition
761 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of
763 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets.
764 This generates an error message from libmilter on
765 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the
767 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return
768 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code
769 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations
772 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2)
773 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from
776 8.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16
777 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it
778 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base
779 directory. This structure is used decide whether there
780 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence
781 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/
782 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem
783 than the base directory.
784 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for
785 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split
786 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by
788 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum
789 number of items to process, sort the queue first and
790 then cut the list off instead of the other way around.
791 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
792 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by
793 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
795 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors.
796 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
797 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat
798 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem
799 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
800 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their
801 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein.
802 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands.
803 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals
804 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from
805 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
806 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate
807 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor.
808 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS
809 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid
810 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the
812 Add support for AIX 5.3.
813 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11).
814 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
815 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO.
816 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X.
817 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and
818 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin).
819 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg.
820 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which
821 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some
822 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error.
823 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute.
824 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match
825 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted
828 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4
830 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x
831 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11
834 8.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27
835 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a
836 different error which could result in connections that
837 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not
838 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims.
839 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead
840 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another
841 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and
842 tracked down by Gael Roualland.
843 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem
844 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind.
845 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the
846 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to
847 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set
848 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes.
849 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared
850 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting
851 and bounce generation.
852 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings
853 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered
854 for header checks where long strings are legitimate.
855 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked
856 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
857 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from
858 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England.
859 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by
860 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip.
861 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of
862 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only
863 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found.
864 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication
865 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch
867 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but
868 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based
869 on patch by Brian Kantor.
870 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only
871 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might
872 be dropped after an AUTH failure.
874 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use
875 "long long" to read load average data, e.g.,
876 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set
877 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected.
878 Problem noted by Burak Bilen.
879 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should
880 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode.
881 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of
882 University of Bremen.
888 8.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11
889 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS
891 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed
892 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
893 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
894 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while
895 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen
896 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
897 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the
898 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at
899 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy
900 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant.
902 8.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15
903 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal
904 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would
905 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by
906 Simple Nomad of BindView.
907 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking
908 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses.
909 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University.
910 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between
911 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more
912 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad
913 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by
914 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
915 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC
916 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services.
917 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size
918 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g.,
919 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark.
920 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut
921 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki.
922 Add more logging to milter change header functions to
923 complement existing logging. Based on patch from
924 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
925 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined.
926 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart.
927 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address
928 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones;
929 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO.
930 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog
931 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
932 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after
933 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered.
934 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk.
935 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow
936 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main().
937 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark.
938 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem
939 noted by Nelson Fung.
940 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access
941 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park.
942 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted
945 Add support for DragonFly BSD.
947 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4
948 devtools/OS/DragonFly
949 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h
953 8.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30
954 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the
955 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the
956 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of
957 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
958 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is
959 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
960 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body
961 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is
962 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted
964 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified
965 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by
966 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL,
967 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith.
968 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and
969 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate.
970 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint.
971 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero.
972 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc.
973 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after
974 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not
975 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given
976 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if
977 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it.
978 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of
980 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause')
981 is used to give more flexibility for local changes.
983 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem
984 noted by Geoff Adams.
985 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown.
986 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in
987 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown.
988 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential
989 incompatibilities with various *roff related
990 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland.
994 8.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20
995 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential
996 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section
997 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client".
998 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1000 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n
1001 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi
1002 of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1003 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found
1004 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland.
1005 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute
1006 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows
1007 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP
1008 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP
1009 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information.
1010 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom.
1011 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile
1012 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to
1013 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes.
1014 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section
1015 of cf/README for more information.
1016 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the
1017 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on
1019 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an
1020 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host
1021 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over
1022 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP
1023 library supports it.
1024 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if
1025 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set).
1026 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often
1027 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is
1028 done for too many bad SMTP commands.
1029 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon
1030 maintains the number of incoming connections per client
1031 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and
1032 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used
1033 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits.
1034 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s)
1035 determines the length of the interval for which the
1036 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from
1037 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris.
1038 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which
1039 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting.
1040 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see
1041 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified
1042 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP
1043 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554
1044 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected
1045 during that connection.
1046 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP
1047 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on
1048 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ.
1049 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the
1050 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs.
1051 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington.
1052 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems
1053 misinterpret it as a permanent error.
1054 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until
1055 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase
1056 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to
1057 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll.
1058 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id:
1059 header, whether provided by the client or generated by
1061 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open
1062 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address.
1063 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des
1065 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done
1066 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop
1067 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent
1068 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's
1069 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me
1070 for a discussion of the implications of this, including
1071 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on
1072 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1073 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default
1074 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters
1075 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions.
1076 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If
1077 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to
1078 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted
1080 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined
1081 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs
1082 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue
1083 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix.
1084 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display
1085 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL
1086 operates on lost queue items.
1087 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the
1088 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display
1089 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the
1090 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display
1091 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the
1093 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the
1094 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information.
1095 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the
1096 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by
1098 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used
1099 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and
1100 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will
1101 be used for the quarantine reason.
1102 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected.
1103 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a
1104 message if it is quarantined.
1105 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain
1106 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP).
1107 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as
1108 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib.
1109 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks.
1110 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR
1111 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same
1112 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK.
1113 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad
1114 recipients received so far in a transaction.
1115 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus
1116 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem
1117 noted by Kai Schlichting.
1118 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To:
1119 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is
1120 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System).
1121 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe
1122 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane.
1123 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting.
1124 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of
1126 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which
1127 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of
1129 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11).
1130 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext
1131 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid
1132 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo
1133 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c.
1134 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is
1135 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills
1136 of the University of Manitoba.
1137 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was
1138 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if
1139 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS
1141 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a
1142 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS
1143 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik.
1144 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms
1145 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN.
1146 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue
1147 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1148 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to
1149 overwrite each other's pid files.
1150 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and
1151 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe
1152 Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1153 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at
1154 LogLevel 12 or higher.
1155 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will
1156 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option
1157 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like
1158 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and
1159 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland.
1160 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified
1161 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due
1162 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck
1163 of Sun Microsystems.
1164 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of
1165 CheckpointInterval on the command line.
1166 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a
1167 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag.
1168 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information.
1169 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1170 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn
1171 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options.
1172 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO
1173 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being
1174 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called
1175 out of order after the SMTP session was reset.
1176 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag
1177 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for
1178 further information.
1179 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to
1180 the indicated log file instead of stdout.
1181 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control
1182 queue return and warning times for delivery status
1184 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries
1186 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added
1187 to enable/disable certain features in the server per
1188 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
1189 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s
1190 for DaemonPortOptions.
1191 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when
1192 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert
1193 of Northern Illinois University.
1194 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to
1195 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This
1196 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate
1197 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of
1198 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1199 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS
1200 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1201 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from
1202 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1203 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required
1204 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth
1205 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1206 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter
1207 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1208 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function,
1209 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes,
1210 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
1211 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will
1212 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message.
1213 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable
1215 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13
1216 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1.
1217 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get
1218 the header value passed in without balancing quotes,
1219 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from
1221 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and
1222 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows
1223 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings
1224 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets.
1225 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin.
1226 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters
1227 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED.
1228 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the
1229 sendmail consortium, see CACerts.
1231 Two new compile options have been added:
1232 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3).
1233 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3).
1234 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1235 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so
1236 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix
1237 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related
1238 programs to match locking techniques.
1239 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set
1240 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself.
1241 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for
1242 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and
1243 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of
1244 Center for Scientific Computing.
1245 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1246 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1247 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because
1248 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations.
1249 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct
1250 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback
1251 from Mark Funkenhauser.
1252 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches
1253 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR
1254 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and
1255 cf/sendmail.schema for more information.
1256 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER
1257 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc.
1258 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert
1259 of Northern Illinois University.
1260 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which
1261 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine
1262 the message using the given reason.
1263 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl)
1264 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other
1265 DNS records than just A.
1266 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the
1267 length of the interval for which the number of incoming
1268 connections is maintained.
1269 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection
1270 rate control for individual hosts or nets.
1271 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the
1272 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets.
1273 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP
1274 slamming protection described above. The feature can
1275 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or
1276 use the access database to look the pause time based on
1277 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet.
1278 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use
1279 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for
1280 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client,
1281 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail
1282 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry
1283 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}.
1284 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log
1285 interval when refusing connections for this long.
1286 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases
1287 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by
1288 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems.
1289 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm
1290 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from
1291 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1292 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src}
1293 to follow the naming conventions.
1294 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify
1296 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of
1298 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile
1299 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime.
1300 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated
1301 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts
1303 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN
1304 to control queue return and warning times for delivery
1305 status notifications.
1306 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost.
1307 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf
1308 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/.
1309 Patch from Richard Rognlie.
1310 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9.
1311 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see
1313 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom
1314 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for
1315 use in the xxfi_eom() callback.
1316 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains
1317 certificate revocations lists.
1318 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to
1319 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP
1320 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist
1321 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information.
1322 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1323 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain
1324 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README
1325 for more information.
1326 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1327 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail
1328 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be
1329 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on
1330 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar.
1331 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details.
1332 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different
1333 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker
1334 of LifeLine Networks.
1335 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From
1337 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems.
1338 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc.
1339 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed
1340 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1341 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the
1342 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message.
1343 Filters which use this function must include the
1344 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure.
1345 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server
1346 will terminate the SMTP session with that error.
1347 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a
1348 named socket in the file system if it is running as root.
1349 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter
1350 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress,
1351 resetting the timeout.
1352 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter
1353 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect
1354 failure to do so before calling smfi_main().
1355 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the
1356 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply.
1357 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring
1358 them instead of stopping after too many occurred.
1359 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems.
1360 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in
1361 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko.
1362 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT.
1363 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group.
1364 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches
1365 from Bryan Costales.
1366 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if
1367 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2).
1368 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol
1369 amendments to support header insertion operations.
1370 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see
1371 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1372 Informations Services.
1373 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts.
1374 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use
1376 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of
1377 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc:
1379 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address
1380 for the auto-response message.
1383 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4
1384 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4
1385 cf/feature/mtamark.m4
1386 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4
1387 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4
1389 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4
1390 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4
1391 contrib/socketmapClient.pl
1392 contrib/socketmapServer.pl
1393 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1394 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk
1395 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp
1396 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample
1397 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h
1398 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h
1399 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h
1400 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html
1401 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html
1402 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html
1403 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html
1404 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html
1405 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html
1409 contrib/oldbind.compat.c
1410 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
1411 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
1414 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x
1416 8.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18
1417 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a
1418 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed
1419 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
1420 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
1421 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
1422 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
1424 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
1425 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
1426 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1427 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
1428 whose process id is the same as that of the initial
1429 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
1430 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
1431 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
1432 recipient address also against the printable addresses
1433 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
1434 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
1435 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
1436 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
1437 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1438 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
1439 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1440 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
1441 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some
1442 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
1443 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
1444 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper
1445 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
1446 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
1447 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
1448 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1449 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
1450 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
1451 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
1452 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
1453 then a possible race condition for creating qf files
1454 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not
1455 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
1456 external application that accesses qf files.
1457 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
1458 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
1459 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
1460 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang
1462 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
1463 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only
1464 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
1465 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
1468 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
1469 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
1471 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
1472 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
1473 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
1474 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
1476 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
1478 8.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
1479 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem
1480 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
1481 of Courtesan Consulting.
1482 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem
1483 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
1484 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
1485 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
1486 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
1487 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
1488 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
1489 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
1490 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
1491 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1492 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
1493 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
1494 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
1495 transactions for broken clients which do not properly
1496 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
1497 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
1498 Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
1499 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
1500 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
1501 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by
1502 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
1503 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
1504 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from
1505 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
1506 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
1507 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
1508 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
1509 to make sure they match.
1510 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
1512 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
1513 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by
1515 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
1516 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by
1518 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch
1519 from Jerome Borsboom.
1520 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
1521 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from
1522 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
1523 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
1524 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
1525 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
1526 after the close() and before the truncate().
1527 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
1528 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
1529 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
1531 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
1532 of Washington for providing access to a computer
1534 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from
1535 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1536 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
1537 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker
1539 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on
1540 your Linux distribution, compile with
1541 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
1545 8.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29
1546 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1547 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1548 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1549 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1550 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1552 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1553 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1554 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
1555 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1556 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1557 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1558 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1559 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1560 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1561 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
1562 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1563 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted
1564 by Derek Wueppelmann.
1565 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
1566 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
1568 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
1569 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by
1570 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
1571 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
1572 Patch from Andrzej Filip.
1573 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
1574 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
1575 text file instead of the database map.
1577 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
1578 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
1579 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
1580 in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
1582 8.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11
1583 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1584 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1585 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1587 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
1588 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
1589 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
1590 Stanford University Compilation Group.
1591 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
1592 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos.
1593 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
1594 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
1595 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
1596 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
1597 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
1598 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
1599 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
1600 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1602 8.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29
1603 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1604 across various connections. This could cause session
1605 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1606 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
1607 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1608 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP
1609 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found
1610 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
1611 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
1612 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by
1614 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
1615 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
1617 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem
1618 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1619 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
1620 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
1621 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some
1622 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
1623 Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
1624 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by
1625 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
1626 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
1628 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
1629 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
1630 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
1631 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
1632 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
1633 to be run even if Runners=0.
1634 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
1635 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
1636 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1637 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
1638 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
1639 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by
1640 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1641 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
1642 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
1643 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted
1644 by John Majikes of IBM.
1645 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
1646 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
1647 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
1648 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil
1649 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1650 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
1651 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
1652 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
1653 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem
1654 noted by Matthias Andree.
1655 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
1656 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland.
1658 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
1659 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
1660 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
1661 an argument, hence the builtin version of
1662 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden
1663 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by
1664 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
1665 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
1666 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1667 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
1668 of the TrustedBSD Project.
1669 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
1670 system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
1671 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
1672 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
1674 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
1675 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
1676 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
1677 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
1678 DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
1679 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
1680 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
1681 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
1682 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
1683 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
1684 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
1686 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
1687 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
1688 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
1689 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1690 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
1691 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
1693 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
1695 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
1696 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
1697 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
1698 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
1699 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
1700 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
1701 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1702 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1703 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1705 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
1706 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1707 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1708 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
1714 8.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26
1715 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
1716 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
1717 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
1718 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
1719 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
1720 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
1721 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
1722 Courtesan Consulting.
1723 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
1724 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem
1725 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
1726 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
1727 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
1728 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1729 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
1730 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
1731 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff
1732 Earickson of Colby College.
1733 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
1734 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of
1735 Courtesan Consulting.
1736 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
1737 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
1738 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
1739 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz
1740 Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
1741 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
1743 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
1744 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
1745 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
1746 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
1747 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This
1748 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
1749 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil
1750 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1751 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
1752 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
1753 supposed for addresses on the header content.
1754 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
1756 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
1757 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on
1758 fix from Scott Walters.
1759 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1760 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
1761 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI.
1762 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
1763 NETISO support has been dropped.
1764 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
1765 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
1766 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
1767 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to
1768 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
1769 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
1770 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this
1771 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
1772 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
1773 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
1774 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original
1775 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
1776 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
1777 Stefaan Van Hoornick.
1778 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
1779 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
1780 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
1782 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
1783 Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1784 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
1785 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1786 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
1787 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1788 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based
1789 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1790 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1794 8.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25
1795 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
1796 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
1797 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the
1798 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
1799 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by
1800 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
1801 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
1802 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
1803 with rogue DNS servers.
1804 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted
1806 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
1807 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan
1809 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1810 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1811 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1812 Polytechnic Institute.
1813 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
1814 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
1816 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
1817 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
1818 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin
1819 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
1820 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless
1821 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
1822 8.13 will change the default locking method to
1823 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may
1824 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
1825 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail
1826 related programs to match locking techniques.
1828 8.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03
1829 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
1830 can leave systems open to a local denial of service
1831 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
1832 section of the top level README for more information.
1833 Problem noted by lumpy.
1834 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
1836 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
1837 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1838 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1839 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1840 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1842 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted
1843 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
1844 Superieure des Mines de Paris.
1845 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
1846 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas
1848 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
1849 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches
1850 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1851 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
1852 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
1853 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on
1854 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
1855 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
1856 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke.
1857 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested
1858 by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
1859 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1861 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
1862 user who started sendmail.
1863 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
1864 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested
1865 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
1866 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
1867 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
1868 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
1869 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
1870 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
1872 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
1873 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
1874 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
1875 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
1876 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
1877 Charles University in Prague.
1878 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
1880 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
1881 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1882 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
1883 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
1884 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
1885 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
1886 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
1887 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
1888 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to
1889 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
1890 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem
1891 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
1892 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
1893 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem
1894 noted by Bryan Costales.
1895 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
1896 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip.
1897 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested
1898 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
1899 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by
1900 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1901 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
1903 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
1904 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
1905 installing the sendmail statistics file.
1906 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
1907 a user's filter starts other applications.
1908 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
1909 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
1910 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
1911 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time
1912 by setting the DBMMODE macro.
1913 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
1914 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
1915 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
1916 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem
1917 noted by Bryan Costales.
1919 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
1921 8.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05
1922 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
1923 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail
1924 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
1925 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
1926 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken
1927 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
1928 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
1929 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence
1930 queue files should not be moved unless those internals
1931 are understood and the integrity of the files is not
1932 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
1934 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
1935 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
1936 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
1937 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
1939 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
1940 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
1941 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
1942 Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
1943 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
1944 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
1946 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem
1947 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
1948 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
1949 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
1950 Northern Illinois University.
1951 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
1952 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
1954 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
1955 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1956 Polytechnic Institute.
1957 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
1958 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
1959 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
1960 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
1961 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
1962 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
1963 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
1964 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1965 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on
1966 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1967 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
1969 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
1970 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
1971 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
1972 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
1973 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1974 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
1975 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas
1976 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
1977 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
1978 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon
1979 Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
1980 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
1981 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
1982 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett
1983 of Concordia University.
1984 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem
1985 found by Mario Nigrovic.
1986 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
1987 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the
1988 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
1989 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
1990 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
1991 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark
1993 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
1994 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
1995 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
1996 total number of TCP connections.
1997 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
1998 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
1999 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
2000 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
2001 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
2002 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
2003 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
2005 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
2007 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
2008 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on
2009 patch by Bryan Costales.
2010 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
2011 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
2012 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
2013 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
2014 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a
2015 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
2016 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher
2017 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
2018 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
2019 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2020 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
2021 which drop the connection instead of responding to the
2024 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
2026 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform
2027 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
2028 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
2030 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem
2032 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
2033 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From
2034 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
2035 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
2036 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in
2037 8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
2038 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
2039 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
2041 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
2042 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by
2044 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
2045 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
2046 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
2047 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip.
2048 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
2049 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
2050 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
2051 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
2052 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by
2053 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
2054 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
2055 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise
2056 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
2057 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
2058 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
2059 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
2060 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
2061 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2062 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
2063 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem
2065 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
2066 if queue groups are used.
2067 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
2068 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
2069 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
2070 Suggested by Bryan Costales.
2071 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
2072 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
2073 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice:
2074 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
2075 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
2076 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
2077 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
2078 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
2079 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the
2080 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
2081 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
2082 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
2083 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
2084 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set
2085 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
2087 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
2088 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
2089 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem
2090 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
2091 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based
2092 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
2094 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
2095 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by
2098 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
2100 8.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13
2101 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
2102 at startup, only log an error message.
2103 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
2104 following -b) has been specified.
2105 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
2106 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted
2107 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2108 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
2109 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
2111 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
2112 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
2113 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
2114 Institute of Mining and Technology.
2115 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
2116 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2117 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2118 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
2119 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
2120 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2121 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
2122 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
2123 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
2124 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
2125 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal
2127 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by
2128 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
2130 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
2131 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
2132 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2133 Meteorological Institute.
2134 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
2135 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
2137 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
2138 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
2139 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
2140 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
2141 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
2142 types, respectively.
2143 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
2144 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
2146 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
2147 alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
2148 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2149 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
2150 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2151 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
2152 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
2153 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
2154 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
2156 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell
2157 of Sun Microsystems.
2158 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
2159 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
2160 with servers that do not support realms when using
2161 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
2162 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
2163 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem
2164 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2165 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
2166 command line invocations log them to make it simpler
2167 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
2168 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
2169 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
2170 instead of forcing localhost.
2171 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
2172 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
2173 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem
2174 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2175 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
2176 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
2177 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
2178 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
2179 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2180 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
2181 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
2182 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of
2183 Compaq Computer Corp.
2184 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
2185 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
2188 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on
2189 patch provided by HP.
2190 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
2191 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke.
2192 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu
2194 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
2195 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This
2196 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
2197 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem
2198 noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
2199 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted
2200 by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
2201 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port
2202 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2203 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
2204 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README
2205 for more information. From Mark Bixby of
2207 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
2208 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
2209 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2210 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of
2212 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota
2213 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
2214 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
2215 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2216 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
2217 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of
2218 FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
2219 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
2220 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
2221 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
2222 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
2224 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by
2226 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
2227 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of
2229 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
2230 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
2232 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
2233 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
2235 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman.
2236 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
2237 to free memory twice.
2238 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
2239 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
2240 of Sun Microsystems.
2241 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
2242 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
2243 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
2244 University of Athens.
2246 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
2247 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
2248 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
2252 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
2255 8.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01
2256 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
2257 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
2258 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for
2259 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem
2260 found by Michal Zalewski.
2261 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
2262 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
2263 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
2264 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
2265 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
2266 Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
2267 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
2268 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
2269 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
2270 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
2271 values for configuration file and pid file but also the
2272 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
2273 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
2274 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
2275 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously
2276 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem
2277 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
2278 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
2279 canonical name for a host.
2280 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
2281 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission
2282 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on
2283 suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
2285 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
2286 `uname` does not given complete information.
2287 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
2289 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
2290 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
2291 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
2292 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
2293 Courtesan Consulting.
2294 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
2295 problems with potential misconfigurations.
2296 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem
2297 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
2298 Technology Organisation of Australia.
2299 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
2300 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
2302 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by
2303 Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
2304 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted
2305 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2306 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
2308 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
2309 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
2310 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
2320 include/sm/sysstat.h
2322 8.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08
2323 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
2324 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and
2325 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
2326 default). The installation process tries to install
2327 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
2328 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
2329 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
2330 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely
2331 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
2333 GroupWritableForwardFile
2334 WorldWritableForwardFile
2335 GroupWritableIncludeFile
2336 WorldWritableIncludeFile
2337 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
2338 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested
2339 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2341 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
2342 point where the variable could become overused for more than
2343 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in
2344 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now
2345 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
2346 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
2347 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
2348 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a
2349 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
2350 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details
2351 see sendmail/SECURITY.
2352 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
2353 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2354 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
2355 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See
2357 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
2358 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
2359 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY.
2360 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
2361 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
2362 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection
2363 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
2364 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY.
2365 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX
2366 command has been removed.
2367 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off
2368 at compile time or per host (ruleset).
2369 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
2370 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
2371 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database
2372 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
2373 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
2374 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with
2375 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
2377 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
2378 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders
2379 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
2380 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
2381 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The
2382 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
2383 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
2384 creation rather than just before delivery.
2385 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous
2386 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
2387 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching
2388 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
2389 preference matches (coattail).
2390 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
2391 try other MX hosts if available.
2392 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
2393 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
2394 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
2395 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based
2396 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2397 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
2398 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
2399 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
2400 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
2401 removed in future versions.
2402 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
2403 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
2404 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
2405 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See
2406 doc/op/op.me for details.
2407 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
2408 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
2409 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
2410 of the presented certificate, respectively.
2411 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
2412 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
2413 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2414 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
2415 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
2416 enough on a per recipient basis.
2417 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
2419 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
2421 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
2422 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
2423 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
2424 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2425 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
2426 really required. This change results in a noticable
2427 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared
2428 memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
2429 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
2430 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details.
2431 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
2432 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
2433 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
2434 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the
2435 command line, then the value also limits the number of
2436 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
2437 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
2439 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
2440 system each queue directory resides in.
2441 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
2442 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
2443 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work
2444 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
2445 collected together) to process the same work list at the
2447 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
2448 active queue runner processes.
2449 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
2450 runners per queue group.
2451 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
2452 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
2453 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
2454 of the queue that match during processing.
2455 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
2456 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
2457 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
2458 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
2459 persistent queue runner.
2460 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
2461 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
2463 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners.
2464 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2465 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
2466 unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
2467 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
2468 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
2469 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
2470 of the qf file (older entries first).
2471 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
2472 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
2473 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the
2474 minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
2475 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
2476 not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
2477 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed
2478 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
2479 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
2480 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
2481 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
2482 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old
2483 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
2484 Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
2485 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
2486 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
2487 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system
2488 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for
2490 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
2491 the number of entries in the queue(s).
2492 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README
2493 and the usual documentation for details.
2494 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
2495 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
2497 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead.
2498 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
2499 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by
2500 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2501 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
2502 -r (number of retries).
2503 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
2504 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
2505 and value separated by the given separator.
2506 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
2508 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
2509 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
2510 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
2511 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
2512 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
2513 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is
2514 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
2515 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
2516 filenames with spaces).
2517 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
2518 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
2519 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
2520 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection.
2521 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection.
2522 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
2523 to the loopback net.
2524 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
2525 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from
2526 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
2527 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
2528 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
2529 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
2530 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
2531 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
2532 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
2533 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
2535 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
2536 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not
2537 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0
2538 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
2539 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
2540 load average is exceeded.
2541 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
2542 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
2543 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
2544 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
2545 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2546 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
2547 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
2548 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC]
2550 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
2551 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead.
2552 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
2553 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the
2554 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2555 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
2556 for direct (command line) submissions.
2557 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
2558 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
2559 Hagino of the KAME Project.
2560 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
2561 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
2562 Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
2563 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
2564 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
2565 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
2566 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
2567 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
2569 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
2570 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
2571 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
2572 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
2573 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
2574 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
2575 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
2576 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl
2577 of the Universitat Regensburg.
2578 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
2579 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
2580 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
2581 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
2582 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil.
2583 See libsm/index.html for details.
2584 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
2585 care of by fork() and exit().
2586 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for
2587 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
2588 new and old (from new libsm).
2589 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
2590 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
2591 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
2592 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
2593 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
2594 synchronizations calls.
2595 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
2596 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
2597 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
2598 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
2599 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
2600 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
2602 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
2603 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs
2604 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
2605 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
2606 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
2607 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
2608 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2609 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
2610 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent
2611 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
2612 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
2613 then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
2614 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
2615 degli Studi dell'Insubria.
2616 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
2617 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
2618 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
2619 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2620 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When
2621 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
2622 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
2623 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
2624 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
2625 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
2627 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem
2628 noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
2629 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
2630 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
2632 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
2633 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
2634 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
2636 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If
2637 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
2638 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
2639 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This
2640 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me
2641 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be
2642 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
2643 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
2644 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
2646 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
2647 the default schema used in the above two items.
2648 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
2649 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2650 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
2651 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
2652 if a program being run from a mailer or file class
2653 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
2654 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
2655 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
2656 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the
2657 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
2658 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
2659 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
2661 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
2662 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
2663 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect
2664 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of
2665 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
2666 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori
2667 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2668 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
2669 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
2670 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
2671 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v
2672 (verbose) command line option.
2673 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
2674 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
2675 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
2676 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2677 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
2678 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of
2679 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2680 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group
2681 can be specified using the '#' option character. For
2682 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
2683 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
2684 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
2685 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
2687 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
2688 because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
2689 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
2690 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
2691 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
2693 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map
2695 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
2696 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example,
2697 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
2698 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
2699 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
2700 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run.
2701 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
2702 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick
2704 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
2705 many "light weight" commands have been received are now
2706 configurable during compile time. The current values and
2708 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands
2709 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
2710 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
2711 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
2712 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
2713 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan
2714 Costales of SL3D, Inc.
2715 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
2716 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
2717 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
2718 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2719 Meteorological Institute.
2720 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
2721 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
2722 which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
2723 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
2724 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
2725 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2726 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
2727 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
2728 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be
2729 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
2730 See sendmail/README for further information.
2731 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
2732 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by
2733 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
2734 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
2735 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
2736 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2737 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix
2738 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
2739 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
2740 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
2743 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
2744 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by
2745 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2746 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
2747 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
2748 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
2749 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch
2750 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
2751 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2752 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
2753 Solaris 8 and later.
2754 Add support for OpenUNIX.
2755 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
2756 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
2757 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
2758 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
2759 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
2760 temporary lookup failures.
2761 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
2762 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
2764 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
2765 relay address as long as the other part allows the email
2767 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
2768 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
2769 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by
2770 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
2771 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
2772 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
2773 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
2774 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
2775 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
2776 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
2777 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
2778 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2779 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
2780 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
2781 terminates check_* ruleset checking.
2782 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
2783 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
2784 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
2785 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
2786 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
2787 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
2788 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
2789 specification of whole domains instead of just users.
2790 Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
2791 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
2792 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
2793 cf/README for details.
2794 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
2795 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
2796 University of Maryland.
2797 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
2798 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
2799 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
2800 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
2801 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
2802 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
2803 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
2804 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
2806 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
2807 options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
2808 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
2809 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
2810 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
2812 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
2813 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
2814 See cf/README for details.
2815 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
2816 temporary lookup failures.
2817 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
2818 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
2819 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
2821 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
2822 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
2823 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
2824 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias
2825 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
2826 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
2827 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2828 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
2829 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
2830 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
2831 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
2832 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
2833 +detail portion of the address when passing address to
2834 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail
2835 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this.
2836 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
2837 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
2838 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
2839 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
2840 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for
2842 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
2843 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
2844 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more
2846 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
2847 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based
2848 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
2849 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
2850 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject
2851 recipients as user unknown.
2852 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
2853 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
2854 section of cf/README for more information.
2855 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
2856 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
2857 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
2858 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
2859 which takes the options as argument and can be used
2860 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
2861 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
2862 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle
2863 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers
2864 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase
2865 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren
2866 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue
2867 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun
2868 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode
2869 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit
2870 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions
2871 See above (and related documentation) for further information.
2872 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
2873 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect
2874 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth
2875 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo
2876 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls
2877 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
2878 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters
2879 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel
2880 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect
2881 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo
2882 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom
2883 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt
2884 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
2885 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
2886 doc/op/op.me for details.
2887 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
2888 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori
2889 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2890 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
2892 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
2893 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
2894 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
2895 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
2896 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For
2897 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
2898 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
2899 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
2900 This affects the access database as well as the
2901 relay-domains and local-host-names files.
2902 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
2903 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
2904 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
2905 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
2906 Mississippi State University.
2907 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
2908 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
2909 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
2910 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
2911 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2912 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
2913 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
2914 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
2915 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
2916 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
2917 systems which don't include cat directories.
2918 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
2919 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2920 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the
2921 mailbox database type.
2922 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
2923 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
2924 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on
2925 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
2926 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
2927 doesn't truncate the statistics file.
2928 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
2929 instead of white space.
2930 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2931 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2932 Meteorological Institute.
2933 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
2934 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
2935 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
2936 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
2938 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
2939 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used
2940 to specify the database and message file since there is no
2941 home directory for the default settings for these options.
2942 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
2943 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
2944 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which
2945 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
2952 cf/feature/authinfo.m4
2953 cf/feature/compat_check.m4
2954 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
2956 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
2957 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
2958 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
2959 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
2960 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
2962 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
2963 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
2964 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
2975 sendmail/sm_resolve.c
2976 sendmail/sm_resolve.h
2982 include/sendmail/cdefs.h
2983 include/sendmail/errstring.h
2984 include/sendmail/useful.h
2985 libsmutil/errstring.c
2986 sendmail/bf_portable.c
2987 sendmail/bf_portable.h
2992 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
2993 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
2994 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
2996 8.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29
2997 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
2998 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
2999 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd
3001 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
3002 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
3003 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
3004 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
3005 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
3007 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
3008 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
3009 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with
3010 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
3011 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
3012 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
3013 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
3014 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
3015 protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
3016 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
3017 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
3018 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
3019 across various connections. This could cause session
3020 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
3021 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted
3022 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
3023 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
3024 canonical name for a host.
3025 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
3026 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
3028 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
3029 turning off alarms before checking if event list is
3030 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3031 Polytechnic Institute.
3032 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
3033 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
3035 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
3036 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
3038 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
3039 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
3041 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
3042 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
3043 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
3045 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
3046 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
3047 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
3048 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from
3049 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
3050 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
3051 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
3053 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
3054 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of
3057 8.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20
3058 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
3059 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by
3060 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
3061 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could
3062 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
3063 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
3064 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem
3065 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
3066 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
3067 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by
3069 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem
3070 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
3072 8.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31
3073 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
3074 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without
3075 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
3076 of SE Netway Communications.
3077 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
3078 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
3079 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
3080 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
3081 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim
3082 Bosserman of EarthLink.
3083 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
3084 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
3085 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
3086 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
3087 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
3089 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by
3090 Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
3091 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
3092 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
3093 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
3094 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
3095 University at Albany.
3096 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
3097 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3098 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
3099 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
3100 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
3101 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
3103 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem
3104 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3105 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
3106 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
3107 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
3108 2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
3109 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian
3110 Hagedorn of Cologne University.
3111 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
3112 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
3114 8.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28
3115 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
3116 corruption and other potential race conditions.
3117 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
3118 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can
3119 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by
3120 Michal Zalewski of BindView.
3121 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
3122 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
3123 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
3124 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
3125 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
3126 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
3127 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch
3129 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
3130 QueueDirectory wildcards.
3131 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
3132 the same map again while exiting.
3133 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
3134 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
3136 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
3137 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
3138 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
3139 Oklahoma State University.
3140 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
3141 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
3142 InTouch Systems, Inc.
3143 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
3144 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
3145 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of
3147 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
3148 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil
3149 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3150 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch
3151 from Werner Wiethege.
3152 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
3153 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley.
3154 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
3155 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
3156 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
3158 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich
3159 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
3160 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by
3161 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3163 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
3164 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
3165 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
3166 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
3167 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
3168 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3169 Meteorological Institute.
3170 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
3171 since it generates random process ids.
3172 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
3173 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
3174 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3176 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
3178 8.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27
3179 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
3180 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
3181 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
3182 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3183 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
3184 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
3185 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
3186 communications consulting gmbh.
3187 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3188 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3189 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
3190 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
3191 connection came in from the command line.
3192 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
3193 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from
3194 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3195 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
3196 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
3197 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
3198 when they were committed.
3199 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
3200 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
3201 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
3202 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
3203 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would
3204 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
3205 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
3206 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3208 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
3209 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
3211 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
3212 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
3213 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
3214 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
3216 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
3217 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
3218 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
3220 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
3221 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
3222 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the
3223 University of New Brunswick.
3225 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
3226 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally
3227 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
3228 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3229 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3230 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and
3231 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from
3232 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3233 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
3234 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem
3235 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
3236 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
3237 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
3238 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
3239 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
3240 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
3241 storing the temporary message file until after the remote
3242 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem
3243 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3245 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
3246 are also specified on the command line. Patch from
3247 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3248 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
3249 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
3251 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
3253 8.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29
3254 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
3255 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit
3256 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be
3257 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3258 Schools" project (IdS).
3259 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
3260 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
3261 be enabled by compiling with:
3262 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
3263 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by
3264 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3265 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
3266 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
3267 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
3268 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
3269 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
3271 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
3272 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
3273 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
3274 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
3275 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
3276 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
3277 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
3278 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
3280 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
3282 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
3283 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of
3284 the Universitat Regensburg.
3285 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
3286 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
3287 University of Arizona.
3288 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
3289 of Collective Technologies.
3290 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
3291 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
3292 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
3294 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
3295 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3296 Meteorological Institute.
3297 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from
3298 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3299 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3300 Meteorological Institute.
3301 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all
3302 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
3303 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis
3304 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3305 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
3306 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
3307 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
3308 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
3309 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
3310 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
3311 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
3312 overall connections, not the number of connections per
3313 socket. A future version may change this to per socket
3316 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
3317 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem
3318 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
3319 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
3320 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
3321 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry
3323 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from
3324 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3325 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
3326 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes
3328 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by
3329 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3330 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
3332 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
3333 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
3334 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3335 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
3336 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
3337 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
3338 implicitly assume canonical host names.
3339 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on
3340 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3341 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
3343 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
3344 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori
3345 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3346 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
3347 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted
3348 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
3350 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark
3351 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3352 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
3353 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
3354 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
3355 of Kyoto University.
3356 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It
3357 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
3358 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
3359 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future
3361 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
3362 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3363 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3364 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
3365 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
3369 contrib/buildvirtuser
3372 8.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27
3373 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
3374 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3375 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
3376 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without
3377 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
3378 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
3379 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3380 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
3382 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
3383 process may close the connection before the child process
3384 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
3385 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
3386 Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3387 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
3388 read the LDAP secret from a file.
3389 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
3390 the user submits the message and before the first delivery
3391 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
3392 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3393 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
3394 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
3396 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
3397 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
3398 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by
3399 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3400 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem
3401 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3402 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
3403 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G.
3404 Fournier of Acadia University.
3405 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
3406 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are
3407 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
3408 one of the others may be able to take over.
3409 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
3410 previous load average query result.
3411 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
3412 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
3413 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E
3414 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3415 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
3416 the split envelopes before the original envelope.
3417 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
3418 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark
3419 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3420 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
3421 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
3422 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
3423 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem
3424 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
3425 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem
3426 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
3427 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
3428 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
3429 University of British Columbia.
3431 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
3432 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
3433 override the setting. Suggested by
3434 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
3435 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
3436 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From
3437 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
3438 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
3439 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
3441 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From
3443 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From
3444 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
3445 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file
3446 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John
3447 Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3448 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
3449 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
3451 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
3452 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
3453 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
3454 errors in the MAIL address.
3455 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem
3456 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
3457 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
3458 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3459 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
3460 GECOS information for an address. This more closely
3461 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of
3463 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
3464 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
3465 mailer as described in cf/README.
3466 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
3467 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
3468 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
3469 makemap to 'unmake' the map.
3470 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
3472 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
3473 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3474 Meteorological Institute.
3475 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
3476 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
3477 dot as the only character on the line.
3479 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
3481 8.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19
3482 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
3483 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still
3484 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
3485 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop
3486 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
3487 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by
3488 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3489 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
3490 it populates. It is possible that some broken
3491 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
3492 Systems in this category should compile with
3493 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
3494 system and report broken implementations to
3495 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem
3496 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
3497 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
3498 Implementation influenced by the example programs of
3499 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
3500 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
3501 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
3502 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in
3503 cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3504 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
3505 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
3506 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented
3507 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
3508 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
3510 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
3511 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
3512 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
3513 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
3514 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim
3516 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
3518 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
3519 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of
3520 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson
3522 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
3523 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
3524 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
3525 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As
3526 documented, unless a family is specified in a
3527 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is
3528 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
3529 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
3530 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
3531 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted
3532 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
3533 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
3534 the interface information for an outgoing connection.
3535 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
3536 family and address used in subsequent connections if the
3537 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted
3538 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3539 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
3540 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer
3541 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck
3542 of Sun Microsystems.
3543 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
3544 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
3545 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b
3546 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
3547 the incoming information in the queue file for later
3549 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
3550 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
3552 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
3553 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem
3554 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3555 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
3556 Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
3557 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
3558 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
3559 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem
3560 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3561 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
3562 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per
3563 Hedeland of Ericsson.
3564 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
3565 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
3566 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert
3567 of Northern Illinois University.
3568 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem
3569 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3570 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
3572 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
3573 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
3574 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
3576 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
3577 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
3578 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by
3579 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3580 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
3581 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
3582 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3583 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
3584 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3585 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
3586 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
3587 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
3588 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
3589 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
3590 G. Thomas Consulting.
3591 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
3593 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
3594 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3595 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
3596 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted
3597 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3598 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
3599 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
3600 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
3601 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
3602 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
3603 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
3604 University of Mainz.
3605 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
3606 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
3607 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission
3608 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3610 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
3611 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun
3612 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
3613 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
3614 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
3615 work properly causing problems if the accept()
3616 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch
3617 from Tom Moore of NCR.
3618 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From
3619 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
3620 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
3621 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux
3622 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
3623 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
3624 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3625 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
3626 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3627 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3628 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath
3629 confCACERT CACERTFile
3630 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile
3631 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile
3632 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters
3633 confRAND_FILE RandFile
3634 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile
3635 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile
3636 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
3637 tags to the access database to support these policies. See
3638 cf/README for more information.
3639 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
3640 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
3641 called due to a STARTTLS command.
3642 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
3643 instead of temporary.
3644 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
3645 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
3646 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
3648 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
3649 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of
3651 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
3652 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
3653 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
3654 University of Maryland.
3655 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From
3656 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3657 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
3658 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
3659 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
3660 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
3661 of the University of Alberta.
3662 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
3663 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
3664 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
3665 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
3666 of X.509 certificates.
3667 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters;
3668 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
3669 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the
3670 Universitat Regensburg.
3671 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
3672 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3673 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
3674 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3675 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
3676 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3677 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
3678 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
3679 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3680 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
3681 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
3682 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
3683 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
3684 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
3686 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
3687 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
3689 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
3691 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
3692 Denman Tire Corporation.
3693 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
3694 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
3695 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
3696 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
3697 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson.
3698 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of
3699 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
3700 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
3702 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
3703 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
3707 contrib/link_hash.sh
3708 contrib/movemail.conf
3710 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
3713 8.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07
3714 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
3715 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
3716 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
3717 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech
3718 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
3719 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
3720 initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
3724 8.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06
3725 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
3726 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
3727 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not
3728 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
3729 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See
3730 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
3731 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
3732 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
3733 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
3734 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
3735 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch
3736 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3737 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
3738 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on
3739 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3740 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem
3741 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
3742 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
3743 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
3745 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
3746 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
3747 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
3748 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
3749 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
3750 Polytechnic Institute.
3751 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
3752 discards the message.
3753 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
3754 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
3755 attempted to the alias.
3756 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
3759 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
3760 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
3761 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult
3762 sendmail/README for further information. Problem
3763 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3764 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles
3765 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
3766 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
3767 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
3768 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
3769 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
3770 from J. P. McCann of E I A.
3771 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
3772 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
3774 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
3775 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of
3776 Courtesan Consulting.
3777 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of
3778 Siemens Business Services.
3779 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
3780 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
3782 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
3783 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
3784 to be backward compatible with 8.9.
3785 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
3786 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
3787 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
3788 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
3790 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
3791 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3792 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
3793 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
3794 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
3796 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
3797 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
3799 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
3800 for other internal projects but included in the open source
3802 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
3803 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
3804 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem
3805 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
3806 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
3807 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
3809 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
3810 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This
3811 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3812 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
3814 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by
3815 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
3816 Northern Illinois University.
3817 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
3818 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
3819 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from
3820 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3821 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
3822 Polytechnique de Montreal.
3823 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
3824 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
3825 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
3827 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
3828 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
3830 contrib/converting.sun.configs
3831 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
3836 8.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01
3837 *************************************************************
3838 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered *
3839 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. *
3840 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering *
3841 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment *
3842 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and *
3843 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died *
3844 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a *
3845 * coach, and a friend. *
3847 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, *
3848 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. *
3849 * Julie, we miss you! *
3850 *************************************************************
3851 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
3852 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
3853 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
3854 symbolic link target.
3855 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
3856 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
3857 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3858 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
3859 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
3860 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
3861 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and
3862 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
3863 version of sendmail.
3864 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
3865 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted
3866 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
3868 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects
3869 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details.
3870 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
3871 for easier code sharing among the programs.
3872 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose
3873 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
3874 which hold the client's authentication credentials,
3875 the mechanism used for authentication, and the
3876 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
3877 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
3878 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
3879 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
3880 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
3881 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3882 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3883 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
3884 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3885 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
3886 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
3887 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3888 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
3889 now listen on several different ports. Use:
3890 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
3891 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
3892 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
3893 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
3894 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should
3895 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
3896 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release.
3897 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
3898 indicates that the message being submitted from the command
3899 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means
3900 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
3901 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future
3902 releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
3903 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
3904 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3905 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
3906 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
3907 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
3908 from the command line is an initial user submission and act
3910 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
3911 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
3912 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is
3913 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
3914 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override
3915 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
3916 setting NonRootSafeAddr.
3917 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
3918 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
3919 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
3921 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
3922 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
3923 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many.
3924 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
3925 a control socket request.
3926 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
3928 Timeout.resolver.retrans
3929 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3930 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3931 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
3932 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3933 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3934 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3935 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3936 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
3937 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
3939 Timeout.resolver.retry
3940 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3941 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3942 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
3943 Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3944 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3945 query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
3946 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3947 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
3948 query for all resolver lookups except the first
3950 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3951 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply
3952 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For
3953 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
3954 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
3955 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in
3956 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
3957 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate
3958 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
3959 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly
3960 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3961 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
3962 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
3963 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
3964 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue
3965 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
3966 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
3967 Telecommunications Ltd.
3968 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
3969 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned
3970 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be
3971 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com,
3973 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
3974 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
3975 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3976 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
3977 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3978 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This
3979 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
3980 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
3981 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
3982 donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
3983 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
3984 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
3985 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
3986 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
3987 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
3988 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
3989 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3990 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
3991 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
3992 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
3994 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
3995 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP
3996 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An
3997 example mailer might be:
3998 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
3999 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
4000 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
4001 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
4002 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC]
4004 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
4005 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
4006 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
4007 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
4008 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
4010 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
4011 body of the original message on delivery status
4013 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted
4014 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4015 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
4016 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by
4017 Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4018 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should
4019 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by
4020 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4021 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In
4022 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
4023 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by
4024 Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4025 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik
4026 Conwell of Boston University.
4027 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from
4028 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4029 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
4030 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
4032 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
4033 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP
4034 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
4035 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
4036 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
4037 similar to check_rcpt etc.
4038 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
4039 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
4040 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
4041 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
4042 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4043 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
4044 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed
4045 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4046 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
4047 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by
4049 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
4050 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
4051 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
4052 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
4054 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
4055 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
4057 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
4058 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
4059 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4060 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
4061 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
4062 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
4063 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
4064 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4065 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
4067 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
4068 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
4069 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
4070 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a
4071 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
4072 Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
4073 Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
4074 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
4075 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent
4076 a denial-of-service attack.
4077 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
4078 headers and parameters within those headers. This option
4079 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
4081 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
4083 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
4084 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
4085 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
4086 directly before the newline.
4087 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
4088 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
4089 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the
4090 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
4091 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
4092 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf
4093 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
4094 could not be opened.
4095 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The
4096 value of this option is macro expanded.
4097 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
4098 process title shown in 'ps' listings.
4099 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
4100 (along with the already existing macros):
4101 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g.
4102 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
4103 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
4104 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
4105 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
4106 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25
4107 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
4108 New macros especially for virtual hosting:
4109 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection.
4110 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection.
4111 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
4113 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
4114 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
4115 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
4116 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
4117 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
4118 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by
4119 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4120 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
4121 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This
4122 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
4123 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan
4124 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4125 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
4126 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
4127 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
4128 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the
4129 input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
4130 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4131 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
4132 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of
4134 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
4135 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by
4136 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland
4138 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
4139 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams
4140 of Renaissance Internet Services.
4141 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
4142 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
4143 queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
4144 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
4145 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
4146 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch
4147 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
4148 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
4149 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN.
4150 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
4151 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
4152 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
4153 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
4154 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4155 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
4156 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
4158 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
4159 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
4160 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
4161 mailer to return after sending all data to it.
4162 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
4163 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was
4164 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a
4165 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
4166 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
4167 David Cooley of Colby College.
4168 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
4169 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has
4170 already decided the message will be passed to another host
4171 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
4172 Buckeridge Young Limited.
4173 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
4174 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
4175 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The
4176 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be
4177 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
4178 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the
4179 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
4180 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense
4181 of Stanford University.
4182 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is
4183 deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
4184 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
4185 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
4186 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map
4187 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps
4188 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
4189 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
4190 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
4191 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The
4192 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
4193 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from
4194 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
4195 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
4196 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
4197 attributes found in the match will be returned.
4198 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
4199 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is
4200 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
4201 comma separated key and value strings.
4202 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
4203 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
4204 connections such that multiple maps which use the same
4205 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
4206 a single connection to that host.
4207 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
4208 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
4210 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
4212 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
4213 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
4214 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still
4215 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
4216 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
4217 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead
4218 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
4219 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
4220 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
4221 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
4222 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification
4223 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
4224 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
4226 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
4227 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
4228 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
4229 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
4231 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
4232 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific
4233 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The
4234 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
4235 specified in the individual map specification ('K'
4236 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps
4238 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
4239 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
4241 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In
4242 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
4243 important if you have large classes.
4244 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
4245 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by
4246 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4247 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
4248 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
4249 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
4250 unless the queued message is selected using one of the
4251 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code
4252 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
4253 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
4254 control socket. This socket allows an external program to
4255 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
4256 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
4257 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by
4258 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
4259 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An
4260 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
4261 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
4262 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
4263 number of processors online on the system (if that can be
4264 determined). For single processor machines, this change
4266 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
4267 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4268 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from
4269 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4270 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
4271 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
4272 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
4273 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
4274 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
4275 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections
4276 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting
4277 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
4278 connection-based denial of service attacks.
4279 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
4281 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
4282 information (from= syslog line).
4283 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
4285 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
4286 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
4287 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth
4288 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4289 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
4290 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
4291 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4292 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by
4293 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4294 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
4295 the program as the default user and the default group, not
4296 the forward file user. This change also assures the
4297 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using
4298 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu
4299 Popovici of DNT Romania.
4300 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
4301 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by
4302 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
4303 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
4304 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
4305 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
4306 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
4307 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
4308 helpful to know the sender of the message.
4309 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
4310 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4311 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
4312 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
4314 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
4315 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
4316 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
4317 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
4318 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
4319 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The
4320 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
4321 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers'
4322 directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
4323 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
4324 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson.
4325 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
4326 length before the attempt.
4327 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
4328 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This
4329 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
4330 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald
4331 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
4332 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
4333 host status files, not all files.
4334 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
4335 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
4336 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
4338 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
4339 macro map class. This can be used to store information
4340 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
4341 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
4343 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The
4344 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
4345 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the
4346 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example,
4347 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
4348 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
4349 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
4350 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
4352 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
4353 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
4354 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
4355 the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
4356 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
4357 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the
4358 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
4359 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with
4360 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
4361 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
4362 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
4363 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
4364 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This
4365 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
4367 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
4368 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
4369 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
4370 if referencing a named ruleset.
4371 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
4372 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
4373 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
4374 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run
4375 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host,
4376 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
4377 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable
4378 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of
4379 the University of Maryland.
4380 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
4381 have received the message if it had not been rejected.
4382 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
4383 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made.
4384 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
4385 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
4387 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
4388 but for outgoing connections.
4389 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
4390 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
4391 a require authentication
4392 b bind to interface through which mail has
4394 c perform hostname canonification
4395 f require fully qualified hostname
4396 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO
4398 C don't perform hostname canonification
4399 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
4400 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
4401 h use name of interface for HELO command
4402 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
4403 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
4404 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
4405 Institutes of Health.
4406 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
4407 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4408 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
4409 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by
4410 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
4411 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
4412 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
4413 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
4414 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
4415 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
4416 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
4417 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by
4418 Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
4419 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
4420 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
4421 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
4422 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
4423 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
4424 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
4425 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
4426 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
4427 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit
4428 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
4429 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis
4430 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4431 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
4432 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
4433 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
4434 This will detect the inability to send information quicker
4435 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
4437 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
4438 interface address structure when loading the system network
4439 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
4441 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
4442 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
4443 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The
4444 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier
4445 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
4446 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
4448 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4449 Northern Illinois University.
4450 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
4451 envelope splitting has occurred.
4452 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
4453 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
4454 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
4455 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
4456 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
4457 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4459 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
4460 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of
4461 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
4462 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
4463 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
4464 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori
4465 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4466 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
4467 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4468 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
4469 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4470 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
4471 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
4472 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem
4473 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4474 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
4475 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
4476 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
4477 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
4478 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
4479 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
4480 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by
4481 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4482 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
4483 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
4484 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4486 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
4487 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
4488 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
4489 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
4490 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the
4491 ruleset lines as well.
4492 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
4493 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
4494 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems
4495 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4497 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
4498 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
4499 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
4500 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
4501 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
4502 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
4503 programs, file, DECnet, etc.
4504 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
4505 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert
4506 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
4508 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
4509 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
4510 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
4511 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4512 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
4513 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
4514 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was
4515 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
4516 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
4517 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
4518 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
4519 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix
4520 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
4521 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
4522 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy
4523 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4525 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
4526 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
4527 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
4529 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
4530 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
4531 them in the .cf file.
4532 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
4533 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
4534 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
4535 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
4536 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
4537 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
4538 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
4539 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted
4540 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4541 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
4542 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
4543 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the
4544 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem
4545 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4546 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem
4547 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
4548 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
4549 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use
4550 the last temporary (4XX) failure.
4551 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch
4552 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
4553 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
4554 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
4555 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many.
4556 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
4557 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per
4558 Hedeland of Ericsson.
4559 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
4560 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems
4561 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal
4562 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
4563 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
4564 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent
4565 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in
4566 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
4567 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix
4568 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4569 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
4570 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some
4571 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
4572 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore,
4573 don't fail on ANY queries.
4574 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
4575 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
4576 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4577 Northern Illinois University.
4578 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
4579 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
4581 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
4582 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
4583 Northern Illinois University.
4584 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
4585 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
4586 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
4588 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
4589 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
4590 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
4591 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E
4592 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4593 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
4594 This allows network interface probing to work
4595 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the
4597 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
4598 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
4599 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
4601 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
4602 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
4604 Digital UNIX has uname(2).
4605 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
4607 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
4608 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
4609 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
4610 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
4611 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
4612 in building the operating system. Users can
4613 override the defaults by setting confCC and
4614 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
4615 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
4616 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
4617 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
4618 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
4619 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
4620 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4621 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
4622 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
4623 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
4624 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
4625 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From
4626 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
4627 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
4628 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
4629 NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
4630 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
4631 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
4632 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used,
4633 use that value in conf.h.
4634 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of
4636 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
4637 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
4638 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
4640 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan
4641 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
4643 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
4644 can reuse the same PID in the same second.
4645 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
4647 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
4648 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead.
4649 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
4651 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
4653 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
4654 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of
4655 Siemens Business Services.
4656 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
4657 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
4658 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
4659 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by
4660 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
4661 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
4662 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4664 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
4665 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
4666 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
4667 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
4668 use of getservbyname() on systems which can
4669 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
4670 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
4672 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted
4673 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
4674 Technology Information Network.
4675 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem
4676 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
4677 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4678 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
4680 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
4681 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README
4682 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E
4683 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4684 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This
4685 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more
4687 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
4688 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
4689 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
4690 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
4691 deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
4692 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
4693 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This
4694 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of
4695 Courtesan Consulting.
4696 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
4697 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
4698 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
4699 be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
4700 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
4701 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
4703 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
4704 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
4706 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
4707 From:, To:) to enable finer control.
4708 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
4709 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the
4711 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
4712 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms
4713 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions
4714 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions
4715 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName
4716 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop
4717 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo
4718 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize
4719 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec
4720 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion
4721 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength
4722 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength
4723 confPID_FILE PidFile
4724 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix
4725 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn
4726 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control
4727 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans
4728 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
4729 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
4730 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry
4731 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first
4732 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
4733 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser
4734 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize
4735 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
4736 which takes the options as argument and can be used
4737 multiple times; see cf/README for details.
4738 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
4739 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
4740 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer
4741 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
4743 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
4744 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
4745 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
4746 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
4747 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The
4748 value should be changed with care.
4749 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
4750 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
4751 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
4752 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
4754 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
4755 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett
4757 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
4758 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann
4759 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
4760 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
4761 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
4762 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
4763 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
4764 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
4765 of Northern Illinois University.
4766 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
4767 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
4768 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
4769 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
4770 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
4772 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
4774 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
4775 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
4776 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
4777 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are
4778 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
4780 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
4781 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
4782 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
4783 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
4784 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
4785 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
4786 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested
4787 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
4788 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
4789 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
4790 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve
4791 Hubert of University of Washington.
4792 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
4793 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark
4794 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
4795 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
4796 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
4797 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of
4798 Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
4799 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed
4800 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
4802 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
4803 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
4805 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
4806 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
4807 University and Brian Candler.
4808 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
4809 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4810 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
4811 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4813 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
4814 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
4815 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
4816 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
4817 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
4818 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
4819 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
4820 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
4821 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
4822 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4823 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
4824 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of
4825 Willamette Industries, Inc.
4826 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
4827 converted to <user@d>
4828 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
4829 Sun's older, broken configuration files.
4830 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
4831 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
4833 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
4834 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
4835 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4837 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
4838 be accessed by their numbers).
4839 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
4840 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
4842 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
4843 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
4844 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
4845 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
4846 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
4847 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
4848 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
4849 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
4850 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
4851 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
4852 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
4853 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
4855 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
4856 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
4857 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
4858 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use
4859 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
4860 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
4861 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
4862 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
4863 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
4864 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
4865 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
4866 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4867 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
4868 University of California at Berkeley.
4869 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
4870 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
4871 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from
4872 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
4873 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
4875 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
4876 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
4877 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
4879 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
4880 be used for building.
4881 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
4882 used for a fresh build.
4883 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
4884 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
4886 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
4887 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
4888 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
4889 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan
4891 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
4892 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
4893 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
4894 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales.
4895 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske
4896 of Siemens Business Services.
4897 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
4898 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the
4899 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or
4901 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
4902 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
4903 They should contain the C source files for the object files
4904 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names
4905 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
4906 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
4907 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form
4908 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
4909 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
4910 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
4911 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on
4912 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
4913 are in devtools/README.
4914 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
4915 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
4916 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
4917 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a
4918 new variable which identifies the root of the source
4919 directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
4920 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
4921 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
4923 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
4924 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
4925 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
4926 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
4927 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
4929 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
4930 manual pages in the directory tree specified by
4932 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
4933 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable
4934 confCOPY specifies the copying program.
4935 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
4936 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
4938 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
4939 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
4940 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
4941 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik
4942 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
4943 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
4944 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
4945 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
4946 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
4947 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new
4948 install-strip target.
4949 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
4950 the others (if it exists).
4951 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
4952 then the default ones.
4953 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local
4954 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
4955 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
4957 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
4958 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of
4959 Northern Illinois University.
4960 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
4961 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
4962 the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4963 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
4964 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with
4965 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4967 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
4968 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
4969 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4971 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
4972 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that
4973 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
4974 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
4975 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
4976 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
4977 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
4979 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
4980 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
4981 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4982 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
4983 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
4984 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
4985 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long
4986 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
4987 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
4988 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
4989 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
4990 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
4991 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
4992 Alcatel Australia Limited.
4993 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
4994 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by
4995 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
4996 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
4997 timeout to avoid starvation.
4998 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
4999 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
5000 Infinite Monkeys & Co.
5001 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5002 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
5003 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
5004 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
5006 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
5007 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
5008 sendmail configuration file.
5009 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
5010 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
5012 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on
5013 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5014 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip
5015 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
5016 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem
5017 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
5018 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
5019 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
5020 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5022 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
5023 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
5024 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted
5025 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
5026 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
5027 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
5028 Institute for Global Communications.
5029 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
5030 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from
5031 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5032 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
5033 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch
5034 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5035 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command
5036 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
5037 of the Institute for Global Communications.
5038 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce
5039 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
5040 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
5041 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley
5042 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
5044 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
5045 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts
5046 which execute the actual Build script in
5048 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
5049 -mandoc as they were previously.
5050 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
5051 of Build will work (unless parameters are
5052 required for Build).
5060 Renamed Directories:
5061 BuildTools => devtools
5065 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
5066 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5072 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
5073 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
5074 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
5076 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
5077 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
5078 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
5079 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
5083 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
5084 contrib/bounce-resender.pl
5085 contrib/domainmap.m4
5088 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
5090 devtools/M4/string.m4
5091 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
5092 devtools/M4/switch.m4
5095 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
5096 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
5098 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
5106 sendmail/bf_portable.c
5107 sendmail/bf_portable.h
5110 sendmail/shmticklib.c
5111 sendmail/statusd_shm.h
5117 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
5118 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
5119 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
5120 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
5121 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
5122 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
5123 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
5124 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
5125 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
5127 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
5129 8.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04
5130 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
5131 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
5132 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
5133 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
5134 Schools" project (IdS).
5135 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
5136 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by
5137 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of
5138 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5139 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
5140 when performing the MIME header length check. This
5141 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem
5142 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
5143 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
5144 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
5145 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
5146 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5147 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of
5148 ExecPC Internet Systems.
5149 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
5150 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
5151 for later retry but the failure would be logged as
5152 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by
5153 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
5154 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
5155 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
5156 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S.
5157 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
5158 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5159 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
5160 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
5161 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
5162 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
5163 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
5164 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
5165 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
5166 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be
5167 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
5170 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
5171 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the
5172 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
5173 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver
5174 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed
5175 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
5176 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
5177 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
5178 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
5179 Technical University of Denmark.
5180 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
5181 Supercomputer Center.
5182 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
5183 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
5184 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
5185 of Stanford University.
5186 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
5187 between different releases. Back out the
5188 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
5189 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
5190 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
5191 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
5192 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
5194 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5195 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
5196 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
5198 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
5199 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W.
5200 Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5201 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
5202 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from
5203 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5204 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from
5205 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
5206 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
5207 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
5208 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
5209 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
5210 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of
5213 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
5214 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
5215 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
5217 8.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30
5218 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
5219 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used
5220 for a denial of service attack.
5221 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
5222 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5223 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
5224 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
5226 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
5227 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
5228 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
5229 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
5230 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
5231 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future
5232 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
5233 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
5235 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
5236 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
5237 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
5238 Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
5239 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
5240 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of
5241 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
5242 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from
5243 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5244 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
5245 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
5246 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
5247 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
5248 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
5249 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5250 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
5251 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
5252 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
5254 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
5255 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem
5256 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
5257 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
5258 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
5259 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process
5260 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
5261 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For
5262 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
5263 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
5264 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
5265 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
5267 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
5268 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
5269 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
5270 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
5271 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen
5272 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5273 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
5274 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
5275 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
5276 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
5277 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5278 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by
5279 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
5281 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem
5282 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
5283 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
5284 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
5285 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem
5286 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from
5287 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5288 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
5289 has enough space for the additional address. Problem
5290 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
5291 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem
5292 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
5293 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
5294 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay,
5295 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
5296 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from
5297 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5298 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
5299 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5300 Meteorological Institute.
5301 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5302 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix
5303 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
5305 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
5306 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
5307 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M.
5308 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
5309 Break out IP address to hostname translation for
5310 reading network interface addresses into
5311 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of
5312 Cal State University, Chico.
5313 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
5314 from changing the semantics of the compiled
5315 program. From Simon Travaglia of the
5316 University of Waikato, New Zealand.
5317 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From
5318 Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5319 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5320 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From
5321 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
5322 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
5323 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
5324 of Sun Microsystems.
5325 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From
5326 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
5327 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh
5329 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From
5330 Tom J. Moore of NCR.
5331 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann
5333 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
5334 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
5336 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
5337 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
5339 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk
5340 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
5341 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
5342 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from
5343 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5344 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
5345 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
5346 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of
5347 Manawatu Internet Services.
5348 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
5349 when stripping down a recipient address to check for
5350 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of
5351 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
5352 of Northern Illinois University.
5353 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch
5354 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5356 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
5358 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch
5359 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
5360 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5361 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
5362 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
5363 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
5364 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5365 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
5366 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5367 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
5368 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
5369 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix
5370 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5371 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from
5372 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5373 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
5374 the envelope From header.
5375 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
5376 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
5377 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
5378 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
5379 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
5380 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
5381 Portal Services, Inc.
5382 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
5383 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of
5385 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
5387 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
5388 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
5389 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
5390 contrib/smcontrol.pl
5393 8.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02
5394 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
5395 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
5396 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
5397 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
5398 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
5399 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
5400 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5401 Meteorological Institute.
5402 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
5403 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted
5404 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5405 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
5406 installation commands. The man pages would still be
5407 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan
5408 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5409 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
5410 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
5411 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
5412 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
5413 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
5414 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
5415 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
5416 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
5417 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
5418 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
5419 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
5420 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
5421 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of
5423 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
5424 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of
5425 DaveLtd Enterprises.
5426 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
5427 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only
5428 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
5429 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
5430 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem
5431 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
5432 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted
5433 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
5434 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
5435 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
5436 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
5437 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
5438 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
5440 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
5441 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for
5442 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
5443 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
5444 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
5445 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
5447 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
5448 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
5449 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
5450 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
5451 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk
5453 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later
5454 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
5456 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From
5457 J. P. McCann of E I A.
5458 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk
5460 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
5461 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
5462 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
5463 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5464 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
5465 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
5466 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
5467 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
5468 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP
5469 would not accept @@hostname.
5470 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
5471 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
5472 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
5473 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by
5474 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5476 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
5478 8.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19
5479 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
5480 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
5481 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
5482 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites
5483 which need the ability to override security can use the
5484 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more
5486 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
5487 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
5488 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
5489 world writable directories.
5490 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
5491 it is in a world writable directory.
5492 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
5493 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
5494 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by
5495 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5496 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5497 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
5498 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
5499 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
5500 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
5501 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
5502 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail
5503 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
5504 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
5505 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser
5506 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
5508 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
5509 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
5510 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
5511 the University of Maryland.
5512 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy
5513 of Cal State University, Chico.
5514 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users
5515 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
5516 current version of Berkeley DB.
5517 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
5518 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
5519 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
5520 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
5522 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
5523 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
5524 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun
5526 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
5527 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
5528 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by
5529 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
5530 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
5531 mail.local on the F=z flag.
5532 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was
5533 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
5534 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that
5535 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
5536 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
5537 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
5538 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
5539 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
5540 IBM T.J. Watson Research.
5541 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
5542 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
5543 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
5544 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5545 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
5546 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik
5547 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
5548 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates
5549 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
5550 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
5551 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
5552 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
5553 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail
5554 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
5555 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients
5556 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
5557 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict
5559 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
5560 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
5561 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
5562 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
5563 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example,
5564 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
5565 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
5566 Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
5567 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
5568 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be
5569 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
5570 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying.
5571 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5572 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
5573 sender for those failures.
5574 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
5575 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
5576 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
5577 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland
5579 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
5580 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
5581 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5582 of Procter & Gamble.
5583 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
5584 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
5585 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
5586 of Procter & Gamble.
5587 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to
5588 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
5589 of system security. This should only be used if you are
5590 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available
5591 DontBlameSendmail options are:
5594 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
5595 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
5596 GroupWritableDirPathSafe
5597 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
5598 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
5599 GroupWritableAliasFile
5600 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
5601 WorldWritableAliasFile
5602 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5603 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
5604 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
5605 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
5606 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5607 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
5609 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
5610 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
5611 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
5612 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
5613 LinkedMapInWritableDir
5614 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
5615 FileDeliveryToHardLink
5616 FileDeliveryToSymLink
5619 WriteStatsToHardLink
5621 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
5623 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
5624 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you
5625 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
5626 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
5627 sent to those addresses will be bounced.
5628 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
5629 AutoRebuildAliases is set.
5630 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
5631 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
5632 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
5633 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
5634 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
5635 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup
5636 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
5637 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
5638 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
5639 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
5640 contrast to the success case).
5641 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line
5644 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
5645 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
5646 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
5647 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
5648 from hiding their connection information in Received:
5650 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
5651 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to
5652 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
5653 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
5654 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
5655 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also
5656 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
5657 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining
5658 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
5659 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
5660 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
5661 if the remote connection closes the socket before the
5662 remote identity can be queried.
5663 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
5664 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
5665 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per
5666 Hedeland of Ericsson.
5667 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
5668 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
5669 some of the details are determined dynamically via
5670 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
5671 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
5672 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
5673 the new Build method which creates an operating system
5674 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
5675 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
5676 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
5677 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends
5678 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
5679 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted
5680 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
5681 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
5682 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
5683 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
5684 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
5685 This means that even if only one of the recipients
5686 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
5687 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor.
5688 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
5689 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso
5690 of CNET: The Computer Network.
5691 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
5692 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
5693 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5694 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
5695 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
5696 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
5697 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
5698 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
5699 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
5700 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
5701 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
5702 in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
5703 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5704 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
5705 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott
5706 Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
5707 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
5708 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
5709 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
5711 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
5713 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
5714 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from
5715 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
5716 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
5717 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
5718 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5719 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
5720 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales
5722 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by
5723 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
5724 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
5726 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
5727 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch
5728 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5729 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
5730 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
5731 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by
5732 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5733 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of
5735 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
5736 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also
5737 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from
5738 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
5739 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
5740 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it
5741 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
5742 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
5743 Stratus Computer, Inc.
5744 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
5745 currently supported version.
5746 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch
5747 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
5748 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
5749 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
5750 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted
5751 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5752 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
5753 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
5754 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
5755 message in error bounces.
5756 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
5757 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
5758 Digital Equipment Corporation.
5760 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
5761 of Kyoto University.
5762 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from
5763 Randall S. Winchester of the University of
5765 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
5766 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
5768 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
5769 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5770 the University of Maryland.
5771 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
5772 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
5773 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5774 Meteorological Institute.
5775 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
5776 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
5777 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
5778 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
5779 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
5780 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
5781 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem
5782 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of
5783 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
5784 Fischer of BTG, Inc.
5785 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from
5786 Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5787 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
5788 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun
5790 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
5791 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
5792 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from
5793 Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
5794 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
5795 directory for certain programs.
5796 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
5797 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
5798 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
5799 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the
5800 new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
5801 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
5802 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from
5803 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the
5804 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
5805 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
5806 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
5807 the user to setup different .forward files for
5808 user+detail addressing.
5809 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
5810 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
5811 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
5812 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
5813 from outside your domain and sending it to another host
5814 outside your domain).
5815 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
5816 any site to any site.
5817 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
5818 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
5819 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
5820 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
5821 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
5822 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow
5823 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
5824 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed
5825 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
5826 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
5827 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
5828 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
5829 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
5830 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
5831 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
5833 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient
5834 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite,
5835 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
5836 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
5837 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be
5838 needed for most installations.
5839 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
5840 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This
5841 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
5842 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
5843 the University of Maryland.
5844 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
5845 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
5846 usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
5847 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
5848 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
5849 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
5850 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
5851 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
5852 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
5853 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
5854 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
5855 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name
5856 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
5857 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see
5858 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
5859 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
5860 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
5861 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the
5862 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset
5863 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset
5864 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
5865 the return of the ruleset is ignored.
5866 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
5867 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
5868 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
5869 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note
5870 above for more information.
5871 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
5872 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5873 Meteorological Institute.
5874 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
5875 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
5876 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section
5877 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by
5878 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5879 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
5880 .mc files instead of in the obj directory.
5881 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
5882 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
5883 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
5884 MustQuoteChars respectively.
5885 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This
5886 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
5887 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of
5888 CMU (now of Netscape).
5889 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
5890 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not
5891 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to
5892 read mail.local/README.
5893 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
5894 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
5895 University of Maryland.
5896 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
5898 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
5899 Meteorological Institute.
5900 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
5901 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the
5902 University of Maryland.
5903 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
5904 such as linked files in world writable directories.
5905 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
5906 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
5907 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem
5908 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
5910 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from
5911 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
5912 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
5914 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
5915 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
5916 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
5918 BuildTools/M4/header.m4
5919 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
5920 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
5921 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
5922 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
5923 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
5924 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
5925 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
5926 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
5927 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
5928 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
5929 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
5930 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
5931 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
5932 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
5934 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
5935 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
5937 BuildTools/Site/README
5938 BuildTools/bin/Build
5939 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
5940 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
5941 BuildTools/bin/install.sh
5944 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
5945 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
5946 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
5947 cf/feature/access_db.m4
5948 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
5949 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
5950 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
5951 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
5953 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
5954 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
5955 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
5956 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
5958 contrib/doublebounce.pl
5960 mail.local/Makefile.m4
5963 mailstats/Makefile.m4
5967 praliases/Makefile.m4
5977 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
5979 mail.local/Makefile.dist
5981 mailstats/Makefile.dist
5983 makemap/Makefile.dist
5985 praliases/Makefile.dist
5990 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
5991 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
5992 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
5993 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
5996 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
5997 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
5998 src/READ_ME => src/README
6000 8.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24
6001 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
6002 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
6003 Meteorological Institute.
6004 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
6005 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J.
6006 Arseneault of SRI International.
6007 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
6008 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
6009 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6010 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
6011 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
6012 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
6013 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log
6014 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E.
6015 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6016 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
6017 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
6019 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
6020 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
6021 closed but the persistent host status file would not be
6022 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
6023 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6024 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
6025 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
6026 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
6027 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by
6028 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
6029 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
6030 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
6031 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
6032 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6033 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6034 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by
6035 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6036 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
6037 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale
6038 results during a single message processing (but would
6039 recover when the next message was received). Fix from
6040 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
6041 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
6042 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6043 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6044 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
6045 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
6046 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6047 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6048 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
6049 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using
6050 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
6051 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
6052 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
6053 and the inability to save a bounce message to
6054 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
6055 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
6056 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
6057 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
6059 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are
6060 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
6061 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
6062 could cause confusing error messages.
6063 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
6064 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This
6065 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
6066 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
6068 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by
6069 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
6070 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
6071 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
6072 Finnish Meteorological Institute.
6073 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
6074 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
6076 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
6077 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title.
6078 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6079 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
6080 support flock locking and runs out of processes during
6081 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
6082 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
6083 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6085 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
6086 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
6087 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
6088 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
6089 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
6090 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
6091 RUS University of Stuttgart.
6093 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
6094 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which
6095 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense
6096 of Stanford University.
6097 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
6098 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo
6099 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
6101 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
6102 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
6103 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
6104 Electronic Data Systems.
6105 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim
6106 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
6107 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
6108 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
6109 loader environment variables into the loader memory
6110 area. If one of these environment variables (such as
6111 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
6112 an invalid memory address would be used by the process
6113 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem
6114 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
6115 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
6116 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
6117 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by
6118 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
6119 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by
6120 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6121 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by
6122 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
6123 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
6124 incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
6125 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
6127 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
6128 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
6129 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
6130 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by
6131 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
6132 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
6134 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
6135 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
6136 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
6139 8.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03
6140 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
6141 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
6142 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
6143 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
6144 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
6146 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
6147 Problem noted by Fredrik Jönsson of the Royal Institute
6148 of Technology, Stockholm.
6149 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
6150 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
6151 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume
6152 that these routines are included as though they were in the
6153 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla.
6154 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
6155 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
6156 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
6157 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
6158 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
6159 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could
6160 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen
6161 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
6162 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and
6163 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
6164 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor
6165 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
6166 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
6167 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
6168 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns
6169 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
6170 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
6171 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
6172 have to assume that the information is good.
6173 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
6175 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
6176 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
6177 errors during testing.
6178 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
6179 printed in the error message.
6180 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
6181 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
6182 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
6183 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
6184 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
6185 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
6186 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the
6187 Tokyo Institute of Technology.
6188 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
6189 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs
6190 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
6191 runner runs during a critical section in another message
6192 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
6194 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
6195 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
6196 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
6197 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted
6198 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6199 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
6200 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
6201 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
6202 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
6203 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
6204 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
6205 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
6206 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
6207 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security
6208 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
6209 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
6210 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
6212 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
6213 use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
6214 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
6215 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem
6216 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
6217 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
6218 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to
6219 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by
6220 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6221 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
6222 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of
6224 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
6225 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem
6226 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
6227 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
6229 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
6230 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that
6231 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
6233 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow
6234 of Argonne National Laboratory.
6235 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6236 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
6237 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From
6238 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
6239 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
6241 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
6242 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
6243 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
6244 exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
6245 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
6246 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of
6248 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem
6249 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6250 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem
6251 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
6253 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
6254 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
6255 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags
6256 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported
6257 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
6258 Mental Health Center Residential Services.
6259 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
6260 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
6262 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
6263 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out
6264 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
6265 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
6266 from Christopher Durham of SCO.
6267 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
6268 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
6269 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of
6271 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
6272 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested
6274 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These
6275 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
6276 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
6277 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
6278 telling more details on what actually changed when "file
6279 changed after open".
6280 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw
6282 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
6284 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
6285 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
6287 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
6291 8.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14
6292 *************************************************************
6293 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI *
6294 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. *
6295 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward *
6296 * continued sendmail development. *
6297 *************************************************************
6298 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
6299 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
6300 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root
6301 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
6302 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
6303 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified
6304 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
6305 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most
6306 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
6307 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been
6308 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
6309 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
6310 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that
6311 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
6312 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
6313 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
6314 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
6315 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
6316 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
6317 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
6318 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
6319 another database; this can be used either to expose
6320 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
6321 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
6322 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows
6323 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
6324 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
6325 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
6326 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an
6327 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
6329 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
6330 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
6331 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is
6332 similar to the previous case for user files. This change
6333 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
6334 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
6335 files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
6336 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
6337 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
6338 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
6339 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file
6340 ownership only in those few cases where the system has
6341 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
6342 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
6343 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
6344 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate
6345 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
6346 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
6347 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
6348 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
6349 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set
6350 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
6351 NFS-mounted filesystems.
6352 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
6353 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
6354 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
6355 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
6356 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli
6357 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
6358 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
6359 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported
6360 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
6361 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
6362 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
6364 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
6365 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch
6367 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
6368 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of
6369 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6370 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
6371 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
6372 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
6373 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
6374 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by
6375 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6376 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
6377 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
6379 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
6380 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted
6381 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6382 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
6383 too large) don't send the bogus message.
6384 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
6385 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael
6386 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6387 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
6388 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by
6389 Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
6390 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
6391 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil
6393 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
6394 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of
6396 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
6397 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
6398 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
6399 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really
6400 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by
6401 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
6402 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
6403 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
6404 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
6405 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
6407 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
6408 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
6409 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
6411 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
6412 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
6413 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by
6414 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
6415 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
6416 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
6417 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
6418 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm
6419 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
6421 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
6422 die immediately, never hold the error message for future
6424 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
6425 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
6426 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6427 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
6428 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h.
6429 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
6430 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
6431 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give
6432 erroneous results during a single message processing
6433 (but would recover when the next message was received).
6434 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
6435 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential
6436 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
6437 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it
6438 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the
6439 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
6440 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
6441 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
6442 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
6443 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
6444 address as "may be forged".
6445 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
6446 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
6447 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
6448 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
6449 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
6450 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse
6452 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
6453 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
6454 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
6455 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
6456 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
6457 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
6458 Plasma Physics Laboratory.
6459 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
6460 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6462 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
6463 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial
6464 of service problems with this option: an attacker can
6465 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
6466 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should
6467 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
6468 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew
6469 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
6470 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
6471 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory
6472 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
6474 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
6475 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
6476 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from
6477 John Beck of SunSoft.
6478 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
6479 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
6480 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
6481 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
6482 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
6483 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
6484 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
6485 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch
6486 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
6487 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were
6488 partially processed, which could cause confusing error
6490 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
6491 on some architectures.
6493 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
6494 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
6495 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems
6496 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
6497 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University
6499 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
6500 the system rather than guessing at compile time.
6501 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6502 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
6503 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
6504 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
6505 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
6506 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
6507 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from
6508 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6509 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
6510 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
6511 high order bit set to apparently randomly match
6512 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
6513 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
6515 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From
6517 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
6518 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
6520 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
6521 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6522 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
6523 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by
6525 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
6526 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
6527 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6528 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
6529 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
6530 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6531 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
6532 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip
6533 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
6534 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
6535 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from
6536 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6537 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
6538 have no functional change in this release, but makes it
6539 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
6540 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
6541 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
6542 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
6543 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
6544 Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6545 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
6546 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
6547 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions
6548 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
6549 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
6550 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
6551 was specified, even when it wasn't.
6552 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft.
6553 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
6554 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
6555 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived
6556 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
6557 symbolic links pointing nowhere.
6558 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
6559 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
6560 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would
6561 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
6562 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
6564 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar
6565 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem
6566 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6567 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
6568 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
6569 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
6570 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
6571 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
6573 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
6574 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
6575 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other
6576 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via
6577 John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
6578 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This
6579 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
6580 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
6581 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
6582 for system accounts.
6585 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
6587 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
6588 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
6589 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
6591 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x
6592 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
6594 8.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21
6595 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail
6596 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
6597 even if RunAsUser is specified.
6598 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response
6599 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
6600 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6601 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
6602 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
6603 University of Pennsylvania.
6604 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
6605 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f
6606 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
6607 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
6608 was unnecessarily awful.
6609 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
6610 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
6611 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
6612 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
6613 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
6614 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
6615 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
6616 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
6617 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
6618 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
6619 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6620 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
6621 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a
6622 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6623 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
6624 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
6626 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
6627 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves.
6628 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
6630 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
6631 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
6632 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only
6633 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from
6634 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6635 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
6636 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
6637 some problems if a background process tried to send mail
6638 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
6639 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
6640 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
6641 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously
6642 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
6643 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan
6645 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
6646 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
6647 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
6648 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based
6649 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
6650 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
6651 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
6652 The current values and defaults are:
6653 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
6654 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO
6655 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN
6656 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN
6657 These will probably be configurable in a future release.
6658 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
6659 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
6660 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
6661 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted
6662 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6663 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
6664 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
6665 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
6666 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
6667 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from
6669 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
6670 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
6671 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
6672 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
6673 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
6674 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
6675 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
6676 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6677 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
6678 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
6679 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
6680 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
6682 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
6683 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
6684 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
6685 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6686 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed
6687 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
6688 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
6689 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
6691 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
6692 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
6693 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
6694 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
6695 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6696 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
6697 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
6699 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
6700 Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
6701 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
6702 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
6703 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
6704 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
6705 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
6706 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names
6707 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
6708 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
6710 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
6711 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it
6712 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
6713 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
6714 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'École Nationale
6715 Supérieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
6716 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
6717 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following
6718 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
6719 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
6720 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
6721 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send
6722 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host''
6723 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In
6724 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
6725 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
6726 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
6727 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
6728 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use
6729 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
6730 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6731 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
6732 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
6733 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
6734 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
6735 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
6738 8.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02
6739 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
6740 permissions by hard linking to files that were group
6741 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any
6742 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
6743 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry
6744 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a
6745 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
6746 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
6747 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
6748 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There
6749 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
6750 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups
6751 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although
6752 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
6753 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
6754 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
6755 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
6756 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy
6757 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6758 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
6759 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
6760 Problem noted by several people.
6761 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
6762 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
6763 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted
6765 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
6766 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
6767 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
6768 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
6769 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon
6770 of Best Internet Communications.
6771 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore
6772 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
6773 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
6774 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
6775 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
6776 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
6777 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
6778 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
6779 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis.
6780 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
6781 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis.
6782 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
6783 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6784 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
6785 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
6786 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out
6788 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from
6789 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6790 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
6791 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
6792 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch
6793 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have
6794 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
6795 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
6796 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
6797 of Kyoto University.
6798 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
6799 conditions from Don Lewis.
6800 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
6801 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
6802 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
6803 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a
6804 patch from Bryan Costales.
6806 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
6807 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This
6808 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the
6809 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
6810 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
6811 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill
6812 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
6813 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch
6814 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
6815 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of
6816 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
6818 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
6820 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
6821 I believe this to have only been a problem if you
6822 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
6823 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
6824 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
6825 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universität Wien.
6826 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
6827 than one long one. By popular demand.
6828 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch
6829 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
6830 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
6831 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
6832 of NTT Software Corporation.
6833 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
6837 8.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17
6838 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
6839 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted
6840 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
6841 best-of-security list.
6842 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
6843 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
6844 should make it clearer to people that they are running
6846 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
6847 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
6848 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
6849 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem
6850 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
6851 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
6852 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
6853 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve
6854 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6855 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
6856 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
6857 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
6858 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
6859 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver
6860 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
6861 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
6862 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
6863 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
6864 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from
6866 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too
6867 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
6868 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
6869 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
6870 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
6871 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
6873 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
6874 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
6875 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
6876 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by
6877 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
6878 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
6879 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
6880 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from
6881 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
6882 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert
6883 of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6884 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
6885 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
6886 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
6887 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
6888 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
6889 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
6890 University of Linkoping.
6891 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
6892 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark
6893 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
6894 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
6895 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
6896 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
6897 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
6899 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
6900 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
6901 MCI Telecommunications Communications.
6902 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
6903 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did
6904 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem
6905 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6907 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
6908 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
6909 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by
6910 HÃ¥kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
6911 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
6912 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
6913 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
6914 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
6915 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
6916 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
6917 The outline of the implementation was contributed
6918 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
6919 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
6920 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
6921 change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
6922 which is apparently the only compiler that requires
6923 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff
6924 Earickson of Colby College.
6925 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized
6926 operating system that comes with a decent compiler
6927 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
6929 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
6930 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency
6931 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
6932 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
6933 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
6934 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve
6935 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
6936 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
6937 end up being translated to the null host name, which would
6938 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
6939 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
6940 University of Washington, Seattle.
6941 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
6942 Polytechnic Institute.
6943 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
6944 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
6946 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
6948 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
6950 8.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18
6951 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
6952 changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
6954 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
6955 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
6956 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
6957 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
6958 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
6961 8.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17
6962 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
6963 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted
6964 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
6965 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
6966 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
6967 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential
6968 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
6970 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
6971 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
6973 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as
6974 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
6975 on illegal host names.
6976 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
6977 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
6978 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David.
6979 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
6980 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
6981 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
6982 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
6983 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
6984 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6985 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
6986 term host status. This is necessary because it is common
6987 to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
6988 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
6989 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
6990 University of Leicester.
6991 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
6992 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
6993 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
6994 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of
6995 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
6996 University of Washington.
6998 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several
6999 people pointed this out.
7000 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
7001 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
7002 Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
7003 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
7004 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
7005 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
7006 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
7007 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
7009 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based
7010 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
7011 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan
7012 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
7014 8.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26
7015 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
7016 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
7017 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
7018 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was
7019 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
7020 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not
7021 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
7022 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed
7023 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
7024 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
7025 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
7026 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
7027 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
7029 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
7030 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
7031 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7032 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
7033 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
7034 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from
7035 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
7036 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
7037 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
7038 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid
7039 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
7040 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
7041 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
7042 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by
7043 Brad Knowles of America On Line.
7044 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
7045 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
7046 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
7048 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
7049 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
7051 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
7052 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
7053 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
7054 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
7055 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem
7056 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
7057 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
7058 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
7059 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
7060 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
7061 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7062 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
7063 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
7065 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
7066 results that may come from NIS and DNS.
7067 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
7068 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
7069 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green.
7070 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
7071 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
7072 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7073 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
7074 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales.
7075 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
7076 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
7077 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
7078 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by
7079 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
7080 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
7081 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
7082 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
7083 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
7085 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
7086 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John
7088 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
7089 The command takes a host name; data for that host is
7090 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares
7091 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
7092 there should be no security implications. Implementation
7093 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details.
7094 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
7095 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
7096 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
7097 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note
7098 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
7099 to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
7100 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
7102 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
7103 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
7104 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
7105 University of Maryland.
7106 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from
7107 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
7108 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
7109 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
7110 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
7111 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed
7112 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
7113 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
7114 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
7115 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the
7116 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
7117 addresses. This flag will solve that problem.
7118 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must
7119 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
7120 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are
7121 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is
7122 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
7123 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
7124 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
7125 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123
7127 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
7128 rejecting connections if it has more than this many
7129 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may
7130 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
7131 is for incoming connections only.
7132 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the
7133 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
7134 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are
7135 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to
7136 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
7137 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
7138 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
7139 (e.g., due to connection caching).
7140 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m)
7141 specifies how long cached information about the state of a
7142 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
7143 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status
7144 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
7145 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
7146 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
7147 that take a very long time to run.
7148 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced
7149 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
7150 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
7151 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
7152 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by
7153 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7154 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
7155 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
7156 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7157 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
7158 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan
7160 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
7161 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
7163 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
7164 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
7165 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
7166 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
7167 values for a given key, the database cursor would get
7168 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
7169 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating
7170 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
7171 different for this case.
7172 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
7173 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee
7174 of Stanford University.
7175 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
7176 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
7177 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by
7178 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7179 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
7180 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem
7181 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
7182 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
7183 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from
7184 Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7185 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
7186 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
7187 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted
7188 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
7189 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
7190 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
7191 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead.
7192 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
7193 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
7195 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
7196 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
7197 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted
7198 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
7199 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
7200 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current
7201 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
7202 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
7204 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
7205 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP
7207 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
7208 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
7209 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
7210 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined
7211 either of these in their configuration file.
7212 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
7213 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of
7214 St. Peter's College.
7215 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
7216 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales.
7217 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
7218 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7219 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix
7220 from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7221 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
7222 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial
7223 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
7225 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
7226 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
7227 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything
7228 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
7229 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
7230 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat
7231 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
7232 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
7233 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
7234 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
7236 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
7237 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
7238 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
7239 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
7240 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
7241 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
7242 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
7243 when sendmail reads the configuration file.
7244 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
7245 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
7246 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
7248 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark
7249 Lovell and Paul Vixie.
7250 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
7251 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
7252 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
7254 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not
7255 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense
7256 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
7257 See also the src/READ_ME file.
7258 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
7259 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful
7260 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
7261 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
7262 two characters $, +.
7263 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
7265 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
7266 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
7267 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
7269 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
7270 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem
7272 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
7273 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
7274 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John
7275 Beck of InReference, Inc.
7276 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
7277 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
7278 Computing Corporation.
7279 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
7280 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
7281 Internet Communications.
7282 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
7283 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
7284 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz
7286 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the
7287 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
7288 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
7289 of the University of Iceland.
7290 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
7291 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
7292 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
7293 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases
7294 this change is a no-op.
7295 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan
7297 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by
7299 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
7300 response. Patch from Bryan Costales.
7301 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
7302 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7303 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested
7304 by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7305 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
7306 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
7307 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always
7308 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7309 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
7310 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a
7311 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle
7313 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
7314 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from
7315 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7316 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
7317 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
7318 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more
7319 easily determine what messages are to their role as
7320 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based
7321 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
7322 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
7323 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that
7324 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
7325 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
7326 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
7327 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not
7328 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
7329 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should
7330 probably only be used on the command line, and only in
7331 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few
7332 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an
7333 implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
7334 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
7335 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary
7336 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense
7337 of Stanford University.
7338 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
7339 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be
7340 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
7341 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
7342 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
7343 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
7344 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
7345 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
7346 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
7347 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
7348 message. This should only be used if your configuration file
7349 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on
7350 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7351 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from
7353 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
7354 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
7355 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch
7356 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
7357 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally
7358 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
7359 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory
7360 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If
7361 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full
7362 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common
7363 value is ".hoststat".
7364 There are also two new operation modes:
7365 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
7367 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save
7368 recent status information.
7369 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
7370 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
7371 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
7372 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
7373 framework is gratefully appreciated.
7374 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
7375 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
7376 open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
7377 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
7378 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
7379 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
7380 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
7381 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
7382 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
7383 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code
7384 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
7385 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
7386 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan
7388 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
7389 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7390 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
7391 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
7392 left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
7393 Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
7394 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
7395 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
7396 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
7397 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
7398 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
7400 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
7401 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
7402 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u
7403 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
7404 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
7405 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
7406 failure or delay were always set. This caused those
7407 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
7408 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
7409 of Washington, Seattle.
7410 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This
7411 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
7412 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
7413 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
7414 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
7415 (See src/READ_ME for details.)
7416 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
7417 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be
7418 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori
7420 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
7421 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
7422 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
7423 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
7424 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
7425 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
7426 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to
7427 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
7428 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
7430 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
7431 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could
7432 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
7433 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
7434 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
7435 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
7436 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
7437 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems.
7438 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
7439 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am
7440 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
7441 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
7442 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds
7443 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
7444 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
7445 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe
7447 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
7448 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
7449 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
7450 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested
7451 by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7452 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted
7453 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7454 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
7455 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it
7456 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem
7457 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
7458 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
7459 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
7460 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
7461 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
7462 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
7463 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
7464 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
7465 National University of Singapore.
7466 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps
7467 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
7468 system can't cope with.
7470 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
7471 Atlas International.
7472 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
7474 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
7475 work on the first recipient of a message due to a
7476 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you
7477 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
7478 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
7479 Bernstein and Associates.
7480 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
7481 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported
7482 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
7483 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
7484 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7485 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
7486 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
7487 of Bailey Computer Consulting.
7488 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
7489 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
7490 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
7491 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
7492 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
7493 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
7494 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
7495 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
7497 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
7498 Lopez, CICA (Seville).
7499 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
7500 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
7501 Employment Standards Administration.
7502 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
7503 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
7505 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
7506 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
7507 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
7508 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
7509 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
7510 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
7511 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
7512 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
7513 of the University of Arizona.
7514 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of
7515 Vanderbilt University.
7516 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
7517 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
7518 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall
7519 Winchester of the University of Maryland.
7520 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by
7521 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
7522 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
7523 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
7524 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
7526 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
7527 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
7528 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
7529 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John
7531 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any
7532 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those
7533 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
7534 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes
7535 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
7536 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
7537 themselves. For example, if a configuration had
7538 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
7539 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
7540 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard
7541 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
7542 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
7543 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
7544 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes,
7545 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
7546 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code
7547 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
7548 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7549 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
7550 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
7551 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
7552 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing:
7553 info@foo.com foo-info
7554 info@bar.com bar-info
7555 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net
7556 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
7557 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
7558 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
7559 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com,
7560 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with
7561 a great many people.
7562 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
7563 Suggested by Richard Bainter.
7564 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
7566 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
7567 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
7568 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
7569 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of
7570 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can
7571 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
7572 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
7573 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
7574 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This
7575 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based
7576 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
7577 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
7578 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
7579 lookups required to support this feature. For example,
7580 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
7581 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony
7582 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
7583 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
7584 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
7586 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
7587 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by
7588 Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
7589 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
7590 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by
7591 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
7592 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
7593 remotely connected. The address host!user was being
7594 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
7595 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
7596 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
7597 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
7598 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
7599 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion
7601 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
7602 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
7603 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
7604 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
7606 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
7607 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note
7608 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
7609 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
7610 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
7611 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
7612 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul
7613 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
7614 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
7615 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
7616 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
7617 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
7618 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
7619 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan
7621 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7622 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
7623 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
7624 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
7626 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
7627 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
7628 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
7629 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
7630 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
7631 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
7632 mailstats/mailstats.8
7633 praliases/praliases.8
7634 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
7635 cf/feature/genericstable.m4
7636 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
7637 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
7638 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
7642 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
7644 contrib/re-mqueue.pl
7646 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
7650 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
7651 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2
7652 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10
7653 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x
7654 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x
7656 8.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17
7657 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
7658 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
7659 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site.
7660 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
7661 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
7662 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
7663 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable
7664 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
7666 8.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04
7667 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
7668 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
7669 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
7670 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
7671 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
7674 8.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18
7675 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7676 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7677 any user (except root).
7678 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7679 version number is unchanged.
7681 8.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03
7682 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
7683 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix
7684 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7685 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
7686 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since
7687 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
7688 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
7689 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan
7692 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
7693 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
7694 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes
7695 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
7696 Stanford University.
7697 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
7698 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7700 8.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19
7701 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
7702 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not
7703 properly repaired in 8.7.1.
7704 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
7705 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
7706 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the
7707 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
7708 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep
7709 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
7710 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
7711 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
7712 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested
7714 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
7715 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
7716 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
7717 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
7718 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
7719 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
7720 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
7721 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard
7722 bounces when it should have requeued.
7723 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
7724 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
7725 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by
7726 John Hawkinson of Panix.
7727 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
7728 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
7729 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
7730 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested
7731 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break
7732 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
7733 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
7735 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security
7736 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
7737 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
7738 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John
7739 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
7740 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
7741 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
7742 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
7743 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
7744 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7745 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
7746 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested
7747 by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
7748 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
7750 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
7751 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
7752 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
7753 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
7754 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
7755 included even if the user did not request success notification,
7756 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
7757 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
7758 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
7759 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
7760 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem
7761 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
7762 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan
7764 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
7765 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed
7766 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
7767 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
7768 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
7769 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
7770 Technological University.
7771 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
7772 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the
7773 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
7774 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7775 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed
7776 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
7777 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
7778 Requested by Allan Johannesen.
7779 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
7780 to have the database format of the alias files without the
7781 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
7783 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
7784 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford
7785 <frank@ansto.gov.au>.
7786 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
7787 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
7789 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
7790 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the
7791 Association for Progressive Communications.
7792 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
7793 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
7794 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
7795 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
7796 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such
7797 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
7798 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
7800 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
7801 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod
7802 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch
7803 from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
7804 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
7805 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
7806 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the
7807 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
7808 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from
7809 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
7811 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
7812 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From
7813 James B. Davis of TCI.
7814 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From
7815 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7816 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
7817 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed
7818 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
7819 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
7820 isn't supported on all compilers.
7821 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
7822 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
7823 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
7824 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
7825 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
7826 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
7827 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
7829 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
7830 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
7831 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
7832 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on
7833 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
7834 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
7835 have already been set. Previously it worked differently
7836 for different files.
7837 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take
7838 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
7839 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7840 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
7841 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
7844 8.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01
7845 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
7846 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
7847 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug
7848 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
7849 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
7850 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
7851 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
7852 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
7853 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns
7854 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7855 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
7856 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although
7857 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
7858 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
7859 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
7860 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
7861 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
7862 These both have possible security implications. Solutions
7863 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
7864 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
7865 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
7866 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
7867 results. This could have security implications.
7868 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
7869 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
7870 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
7871 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
7872 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx
7873 map to always return the local host first, if it is included
7874 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert
7876 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy
7877 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
7878 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
7879 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
7880 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
7881 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
7882 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the
7883 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
7884 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
7885 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock,
7886 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember:
7887 domain names are your friends.
7888 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
7889 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
7890 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
7891 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
7892 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
7893 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout
7894 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the
7895 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
7897 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
7898 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
7899 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
7900 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
7903 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
7904 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to
7905 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
7906 file and SGI standards. From Andre
7907 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
7908 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
7909 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
7910 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
7911 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
7912 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
7913 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc.
7914 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
7915 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
7916 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
7917 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
7918 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
7919 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
7920 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
7921 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
7922 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
7923 Infobiogen (France).
7925 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7926 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
7927 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
7930 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
7931 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
7932 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
7933 Global Communications.
7934 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
7935 people seemed to think that it was too rude.
7936 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
7937 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense
7938 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
7939 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out
7940 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
7941 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
7942 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
7944 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
7945 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
7946 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
7947 file on systems with no database method compiled in.
7948 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
7949 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
7950 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
7951 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
7952 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
7954 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
7955 There is nothing that says you can't have a long
7956 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
7957 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported
7958 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7959 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
7960 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in
7961 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally
7962 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This
7963 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
7964 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
7965 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
7966 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
7967 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
7968 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
7969 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7970 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
7971 the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
7972 This involves adding two new compile-time options:
7973 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
7974 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
7975 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former
7976 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
7977 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
7978 Swarthmore University.
7979 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
7980 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
7981 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
7982 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
7984 ``=M'' will display the known mailers.
7985 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
7987 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
7988 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
7989 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
7990 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
7991 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
7992 and the parsed address.
7993 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
7994 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
7995 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The
7996 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
7997 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These
7998 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
8000 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
8002 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
8003 `mapname' and return the result.
8004 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
8005 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
8006 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
8007 the header for envelope sender information and uses
8008 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be
8009 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
8010 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
8012 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
8013 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
8014 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can
8015 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
8016 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
8017 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
8018 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
8019 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
8020 of Michigan Technological University.
8021 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
8022 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
8023 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
8024 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether
8025 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for
8026 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
8027 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files
8029 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
8030 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
8031 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print
8032 the error message. It was especially weird because it
8033 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
8034 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem
8035 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
8036 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
8037 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but
8038 should have minimal impact on external function.
8039 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
8040 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
8042 The full list of old and new names is as follows:
8048 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
8049 C CheckpointInterval
8051 D AutoRebuildAliases
8064 k ConnectionCacheSize
8065 K ConnectionCacheTimeout
8092 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
8093 been changed to options; those correspondences are:
8094 $e SmtpGreetingMessage
8097 $q (deleted -- not necessary)
8098 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
8099 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
8100 sendmail; any config file using the new names should
8101 specify "V6" in the configuration.
8102 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
8103 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
8104 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
8105 treat them as comments). This is to handle the
8106 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
8107 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
8108 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
8109 This requires config file support to get right. It does
8110 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
8111 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8112 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
8113 A Addresses are aliasable.
8114 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
8115 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer
8116 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
8117 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
8118 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
8119 recipient mailer flags.
8120 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
8121 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
8123 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
8124 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
8125 : Check for :include: on this address.
8126 | Check for |program on this address.
8127 / Check for /file on this address.
8128 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user
8129 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the
8130 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
8131 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
8132 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
8133 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
8134 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
8135 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from
8136 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
8137 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
8138 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the
8139 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
8140 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with
8141 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
8142 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
8143 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
8144 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
8145 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
8146 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is
8147 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
8148 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
8149 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are:
8150 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
8151 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
8152 (essentially, the full MIME option).
8153 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
8154 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
8155 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
8156 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8
8158 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
8160 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
8161 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
8162 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
8163 never directly encoded (although their components can be).
8164 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
8165 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
8166 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have
8167 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
8168 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME
8169 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
8170 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is
8171 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
8172 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
8173 short name) to set the default character set to use in the
8174 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
8175 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C=
8176 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
8177 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
8178 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
8179 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
8180 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
8181 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This
8182 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
8183 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
8184 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be
8185 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
8186 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
8187 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
8189 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
8190 fashion as the U= mailer option.
8191 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
8192 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration
8193 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
8194 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
8195 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
8196 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
8197 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code
8198 from Chip Rosenthal.
8199 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
8202 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
8203 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to
8204 set them both the preferred new syntax is
8205 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
8206 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
8207 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
8208 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
8209 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache,
8210 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
8211 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a
8212 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
8213 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
8214 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code
8215 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
8216 contribution was to make it configurable).
8217 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
8218 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of
8219 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
8220 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
8221 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
8222 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
8223 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
8224 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
8225 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
8227 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
8229 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
8230 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
8231 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
8232 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
8233 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
8234 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval
8235 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
8236 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
8237 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give
8238 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
8240 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
8241 :include: and .forward files.
8242 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
8243 key field name, the value field name, and the field
8244 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character
8245 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
8246 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
8247 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
8248 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8249 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
8250 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by
8252 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the
8253 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the
8254 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott
8255 Hutton of Indiana University.
8256 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to
8257 specify the name of the property that is searched as the
8258 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
8259 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The
8260 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code
8261 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
8262 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through
8263 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
8264 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
8265 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
8266 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated
8268 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search
8269 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
8270 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses
8271 are from sysexits.h.
8272 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
8273 finds a match. For example, the declarations:
8276 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
8277 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
8278 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
8279 map2 is searched and the value returned.
8280 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that
8281 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
8282 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of
8283 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
8284 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
8285 For example, if the declaration of the map is
8286 Ksample switch hosts
8287 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
8288 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
8290 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
8291 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
8292 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a
8293 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
8294 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
8295 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with
8296 the -m (matchonly) flag.
8297 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
8298 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records
8299 for this host, one will be chosen at random.
8300 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
8301 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
8302 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries
8303 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
8304 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are
8305 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
8306 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
8307 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
8308 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
8309 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
8310 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts
8311 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
8312 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
8313 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
8314 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
8315 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
8316 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
8317 of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
8318 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
8319 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
8320 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if
8321 an /etc/hosts entry reads
8322 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
8323 this change will use the second name as the canonical
8324 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
8325 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
8326 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
8327 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
8328 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
8329 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan
8330 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
8331 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
8332 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
8333 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have
8334 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
8335 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
8336 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based
8337 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
8338 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
8339 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
8340 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8341 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
8342 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
8343 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
8344 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
8345 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
8346 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
8347 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
8348 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
8349 much longer than the specified timeout.
8350 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
8351 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
8352 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
8353 denial-of-service attack.
8354 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
8355 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
8356 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8357 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service
8358 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
8359 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
8360 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
8361 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the
8362 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
8363 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files"
8364 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
8365 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
8366 actually file lookups.
8367 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
8368 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
8369 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not
8370 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
8371 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
8372 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override
8373 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
8374 support for them has been removed.
8375 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
8376 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
8377 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
8378 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
8379 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
8380 message (not just the second line). This is to provide
8381 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
8382 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
8383 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested
8384 by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
8385 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
8386 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
8387 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
8388 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
8389 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
8390 also improves the connection cache utilization.
8391 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
8392 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested
8393 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
8394 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
8395 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
8396 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by
8397 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
8398 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change
8399 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
8401 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
8402 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero
8403 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
8404 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel
8405 timeout interval to establish the connection, this
8406 option can give the network software time to establish
8407 the link. The default units are seconds.
8408 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
8409 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
8410 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
8411 Defense Information Systems Agency.
8412 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
8413 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of
8414 the National Computer Security Center.
8415 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
8416 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
8417 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
8418 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by
8419 the mailprio scripts (see below).
8420 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
8421 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
8422 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a
8423 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
8424 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
8425 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The
8426 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample
8427 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
8428 University Computing Service.
8429 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
8430 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of
8431 the University of Kentucky.
8432 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
8433 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
8434 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
8435 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if
8436 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
8437 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
8438 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network
8439 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
8441 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
8442 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
8443 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
8444 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
8445 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
8446 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
8447 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really
8448 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
8449 can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
8450 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
8451 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
8452 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
8453 properly if they do not already exist. This had been
8454 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
8455 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
8456 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to
8457 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by
8458 Michael Beirne of Motorola.
8459 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
8460 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
8462 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
8463 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
8464 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids
8465 significant performance problems when looking for .forward
8466 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
8467 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
8468 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
8469 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is
8470 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
8471 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
8472 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
8473 From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8474 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
8475 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take
8477 None Leave the message as is. The
8478 message will be passed on even
8479 though it is in technically
8481 Add-To Add a To: header with any
8482 recipients that it can find from
8483 the envelope. This risks exposing
8485 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This
8486 has almost no redeeming social value,
8487 and is provided only for back
8489 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading
8490 To: undisclosed-recipients:;
8491 which will have the effect of
8492 making the message legal without
8493 exposing Bcc: recipients.
8494 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header.
8495 There is a chance that mailers down
8496 the line will delete this header,
8497 which could cause exposure of Bcc:
8499 The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
8500 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This
8501 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
8502 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
8503 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
8504 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
8505 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery
8506 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
8507 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
8508 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
8509 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
8510 alias or forward should include the name of this root.
8511 For example, if you run with
8512 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
8513 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a
8514 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
8515 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
8516 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
8517 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
8518 entries. For example, given the aliases:
8521 and an alias file declared as:
8522 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
8523 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
8524 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
8525 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8526 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
8527 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
8528 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan
8530 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
8531 to be simpler and more consistent.
8532 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give
8533 any extra security and caused some people some problems.
8534 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
8535 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
8536 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
8537 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
8538 This may affect some people who have written their own
8539 checkcompat() routine.
8540 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file
8541 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
8542 the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
8543 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
8544 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
8545 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
8546 if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
8547 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
8548 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
8549 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
8550 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
8552 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
8553 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
8554 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
8555 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
8556 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted,
8557 and anything after the first dot in a release number can
8558 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous
8559 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
8560 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
8561 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty
8562 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
8563 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
8564 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
8565 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
8566 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
8567 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
8568 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
8569 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
8571 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8572 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
8573 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still
8574 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura.
8575 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
8576 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
8577 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
8578 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
8579 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use
8580 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
8581 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of
8582 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
8583 is added between the first and second word of the first
8584 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
8585 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
8586 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
8587 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
8588 old sendmails understand.
8589 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
8590 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi.
8591 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
8592 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
8593 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native
8594 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
8595 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
8596 data -- for example,
8597 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
8598 (romanized/less information)
8599 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
8600 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
8601 (with MIME encoding, not human readable)
8602 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
8603 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
8604 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
8605 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
8606 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
8607 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
8608 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
8609 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues
8610 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by
8611 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
8612 Eric Prestemon of American University.
8613 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
8614 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
8615 increment on the background value).
8616 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged
8617 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed
8618 by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8619 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
8620 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
8621 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
8622 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
8623 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
8624 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional
8625 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
8626 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
8627 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
8628 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping
8629 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This
8630 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
8631 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
8632 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual
8633 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
8634 the program in question needs to be very careful about how
8635 it does the file write to avoid security problems.
8636 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
8637 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail
8638 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
8639 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
8640 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
8641 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
8642 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
8643 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
8644 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
8645 service type is "files".
8646 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is
8647 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
8649 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
8650 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code
8651 contributed by SunSoft.
8652 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
8653 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate
8654 the named variable from the environment when sendmail
8655 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
8656 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any
8657 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
8658 environment. However, sendmail still forces an
8659 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
8660 at least one environment variable, since many programs and
8661 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
8662 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
8663 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
8664 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves
8665 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8666 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
8667 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
8668 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
8669 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
8670 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
8671 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed
8672 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
8673 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
8674 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
8675 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
8676 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas
8677 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
8678 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
8679 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
8680 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
8681 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
8682 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes
8683 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
8684 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
8685 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
8687 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
8688 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from
8690 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
8691 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
8692 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
8693 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum
8695 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by
8696 Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
8697 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
8698 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
8699 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
8700 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
8701 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
8702 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
8703 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on
8704 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
8705 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
8706 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
8707 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
8709 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
8710 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular,
8711 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
8712 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
8713 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
8714 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
8715 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
8716 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining
8717 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows
8718 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
8719 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang
8720 of Sun Microsystems.
8721 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one
8722 is at least 50% faster.
8723 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
8724 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
8726 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
8727 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
8728 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
8729 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the
8730 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
8731 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura.
8732 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
8733 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by
8734 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
8735 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
8736 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
8737 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
8738 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For
8739 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
8740 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
8741 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
8743 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
8745 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
8746 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
8747 Global Information Solutions.
8748 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
8749 From Motonori Nakamura.
8750 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From
8752 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
8753 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
8754 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
8755 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
8756 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
8757 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David
8758 James of British Telecom.
8759 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches
8760 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
8761 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
8762 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion
8763 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
8764 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
8765 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional,
8766 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
8767 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
8768 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are,
8769 a bad guy can read your private files.
8771 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
8772 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
8773 University. This expands the disk size
8774 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
8775 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
8776 and setrlimit(2) are both available.
8777 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
8778 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
8779 Linux Makefile typo.
8780 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
8781 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
8782 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
8784 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts,
8785 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
8786 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the
8787 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
8788 This requires adaptation of code that really
8789 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
8790 addresses or nameserver fields.''
8791 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To
8792 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
8793 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
8794 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
8795 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
8796 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
8798 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
8799 match all the other configuration files. Fix
8800 from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
8801 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain
8802 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
8803 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from
8804 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
8805 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
8806 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
8807 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter
8809 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
8810 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
8811 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
8812 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson
8813 of Ohio State University.
8814 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
8815 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
8817 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Schöpf
8818 of Zentrum für Datenverarbeitung der Universität
8820 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
8821 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
8823 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
8824 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
8826 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
8827 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
8828 Rochester Medical Center.
8829 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
8830 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
8831 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
8832 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
8833 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
8834 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
8835 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
8837 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
8838 <janet@dialix.oz.au>.
8839 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
8841 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
8842 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
8843 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
8844 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
8845 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
8846 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
8847 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
8848 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
8849 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
8850 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
8852 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
8853 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
8854 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
8855 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
8856 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
8857 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
8858 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
8859 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
8860 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
8861 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
8862 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
8863 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
8864 University of Brno (Czech Republic).
8865 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
8867 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
8868 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
8869 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined
8870 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
8871 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
8872 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race
8873 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
8874 on the file, but it should be quite small.
8875 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can
8876 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
8877 giving the local administrator more control over what
8878 programs can be run from sendmail.
8879 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really
8880 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
8881 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
8883 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
8884 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
8885 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
8886 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
8887 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
8888 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very
8889 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
8890 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8891 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
8892 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out.
8893 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
8894 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which
8895 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
8896 arbitrary directory -- use either:
8897 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8899 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
8900 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
8902 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
8903 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
8904 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
8906 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
8907 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
8908 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
8909 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
8910 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
8911 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
8913 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
8914 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
8915 just unqualified ones.
8916 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
8917 was never used and didn't work anyway.
8918 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
8919 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
8920 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
8921 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
8922 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail
8923 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
8925 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
8926 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
8927 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
8928 this is expected to be another sendmail.
8929 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
8930 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
8931 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
8932 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip
8933 Rosenthal of Unicom.
8934 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
8935 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by
8936 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
8937 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
8938 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing
8939 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
8940 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
8941 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
8943 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
8944 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
8946 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
8947 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
8948 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from
8949 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
8950 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
8951 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
8952 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen.
8953 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
8954 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail"
8955 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
8956 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8957 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
8958 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary
8959 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
8960 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
8961 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From
8962 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
8963 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
8964 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
8965 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
8966 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
8967 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
8968 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
8969 though they were local (essentially, assume that they
8970 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS
8971 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
8972 local model. It does not work reliably if there are
8973 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
8974 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
8975 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
8976 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
8977 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as
8978 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
8980 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
8981 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
8982 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
8983 Information Systems Agency.
8984 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
8985 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
8986 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
8987 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
8988 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
8989 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
8990 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files
8991 that really can be used in the real world.
8992 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
8993 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
8994 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
8995 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
8996 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
8997 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
8998 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
8999 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested
9001 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed
9002 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
9003 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
9004 performance for large alias files, and this confused many
9006 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
9007 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
9008 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
9009 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from
9010 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
9011 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
9012 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
9013 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
9014 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
9015 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code
9016 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
9017 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
9018 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
9019 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
9020 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
9021 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
9022 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified
9023 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
9024 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
9025 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this
9026 code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
9027 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
9028 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed
9030 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
9031 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
9032 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
9033 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
9034 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
9037 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
9039 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
9040 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
9041 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
9042 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
9043 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
9044 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
9045 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
9047 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
9048 cf/domain/generic.m4
9049 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
9050 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
9051 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
9053 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
9054 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
9058 cf/mailer/phquery.m4
9059 cf/mailer/procmail.m4
9060 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
9061 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
9066 cf/ostype/unknown.m4
9069 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
9070 mail.local/mail.local.0
9076 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
9077 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
9078 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
9079 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
9080 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
9081 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
9082 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
9083 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
9084 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
9085 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
9086 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
9087 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
9088 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
9089 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
9090 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
9091 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
9092 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
9093 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
9094 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
9102 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
9103 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
9104 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
9105 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
9106 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
9107 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
9108 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
9109 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
9110 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
9111 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9112 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9113 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
9114 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
9115 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4
9116 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
9117 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
9118 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
9119 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
9120 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
9121 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
9122 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
9127 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
9129 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
9130 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
9131 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
9132 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9133 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
9134 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
9135 contrib/rcpt-streaming
9136 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9138 8.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25
9139 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
9140 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
9141 any user (except root).
9142 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
9143 version number is unchanged.
9145 8.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28
9146 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
9147 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several
9148 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
9149 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
9150 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
9152 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
9153 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
9156 8.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08
9157 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
9158 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
9159 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
9160 message when attempted from IDENT.
9161 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
9162 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can
9163 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message
9164 to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
9165 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
9166 read from the network to ensure that you don't get
9168 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
9169 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by
9171 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
9172 _res.options field is initialized differently than it
9173 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
9174 res_init before it tweaks any bits.
9175 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
9176 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare
9177 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of
9179 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
9180 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of
9182 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by
9184 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit*
9185 and Liudvikas Bukys.
9186 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
9187 from Spider Boardman.
9188 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9191 8.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10
9192 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
9193 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
9194 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
9195 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
9196 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
9197 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security
9199 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
9200 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
9201 because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
9202 In some cases this could cause core dumps.
9203 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
9204 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the
9205 University of Texas.
9206 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
9207 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
9208 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
9209 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
9210 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
9211 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of
9213 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
9214 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew
9215 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
9216 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
9217 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
9218 with a lot of arguments).
9219 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
9220 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
9221 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
9223 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
9224 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
9225 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
9226 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
9228 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
9229 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
9230 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies
9231 some of the map code.
9232 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
9235 8.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19
9236 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
9237 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
9238 may have some security implications.
9239 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
9240 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed
9241 Hill of the University of Iowa.
9242 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported
9243 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
9244 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
9245 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC.
9246 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
9247 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
9248 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
9250 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
9251 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
9252 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by
9253 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
9254 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related
9255 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
9257 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
9258 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by
9259 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
9260 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
9261 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by
9262 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
9263 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
9264 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This
9265 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
9266 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
9267 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
9268 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
9269 the canonical name. This should make life easier for
9270 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and
9271 if the name server is listed as "required", try again
9272 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to
9273 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
9275 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
9276 message to explain how much space was available and
9277 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet
9278 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
9279 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
9280 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
9281 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
9282 This prevents a certain class of denial of service
9283 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
9284 moves things more towards what will probably become a
9285 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of
9287 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
9288 without recompiling.
9289 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
9290 if there are errors during parsing. This change is
9292 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
9293 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
9294 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug....
9295 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
9296 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
9297 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
9298 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to
9299 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
9300 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
9301 sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
9302 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
9303 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe
9305 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
9306 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
9307 the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
9308 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
9309 refused" response, and that the connection can be
9310 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations
9311 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
9312 size around and can never start listening to connections
9313 again. The down side is that someone could start up
9314 another daemon process in the interim, so you could
9315 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
9316 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
9317 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the
9318 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
9319 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
9321 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
9322 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar.
9323 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
9324 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
9325 and the like could result in extra data being sent.
9326 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
9327 doc directory. This includes some additional
9329 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
9330 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been
9331 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
9332 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should
9333 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
9334 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
9335 loop the mail, which was bad news.
9337 Newer BSDI systems (several people).
9338 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
9339 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
9340 UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
9341 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9342 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
9343 Newcastle upon Tyne.
9344 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
9346 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
9347 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
9348 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
9349 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
9352 src/Makefile.NCR3000
9353 doc/changes/Makefile
9354 doc/changes/changes.me
9355 doc/changes/changes.ps
9357 8.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21
9358 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
9359 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones;
9360 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
9362 8.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14
9363 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
9364 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of
9365 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
9368 8.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13
9369 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
9370 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
9371 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
9372 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
9374 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
9375 in the connection cache for a long time under some
9376 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion,
9377 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the
9378 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From
9379 Doug Anderson of NCSC.
9380 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
9381 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
9382 from a local user to another local user. From
9383 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9384 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
9385 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From
9386 Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9387 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
9388 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
9389 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
9390 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
9391 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
9392 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
9393 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
9394 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
9395 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
9396 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
9397 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From
9398 David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
9399 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
9400 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
9402 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
9404 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
9405 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
9406 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
9407 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify
9408 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
9409 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
9410 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
9411 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
9413 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
9414 file if it was on a read-only file system. From
9415 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
9416 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers
9418 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
9419 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
9420 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon.
9421 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not
9422 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
9423 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
9424 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
9425 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
9426 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto
9427 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
9428 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
9429 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem
9430 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
9431 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
9432 security implications. Suggested by several people.
9433 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
9434 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat
9435 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
9436 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from
9438 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
9439 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
9440 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
9441 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
9442 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
9443 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported
9444 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
9445 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
9446 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
9447 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar.
9448 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
9449 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson
9450 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
9451 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
9452 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
9453 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
9454 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
9455 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
9456 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots
9457 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig
9458 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9459 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
9460 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you
9461 didn't see the class items being added.
9462 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
9463 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
9464 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of
9466 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
9467 but sets h_errno to a success value.
9468 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
9469 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
9470 address specified in the P option). This fix should
9471 help problems that cause the df file to be left around
9472 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
9474 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
9475 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
9476 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
9477 Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
9478 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
9479 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
9480 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of
9482 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
9483 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming
9484 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by
9486 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
9487 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by
9488 George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
9489 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
9490 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori
9492 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
9493 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
9494 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
9495 University of Washington.
9496 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
9497 don't have an ``=value'' part.
9498 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
9499 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the
9500 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
9501 of the weird way the name server works in the presence
9502 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
9503 of Cambridge University.
9504 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
9505 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
9506 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
9507 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
9508 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
9509 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
9510 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
9511 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if
9512 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
9513 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
9514 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
9515 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to
9516 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
9517 that country names that match one of your subdomains get
9519 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
9520 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
9521 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
9522 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
9523 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
9524 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will
9525 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
9526 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this
9527 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
9528 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
9529 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From
9530 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
9531 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
9532 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
9533 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
9534 size for various mailers.
9535 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
9536 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
9537 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9538 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
9539 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
9540 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well.
9541 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
9542 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
9543 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other
9545 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
9546 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon
9547 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
9548 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
9549 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe
9550 Michel of Thomson CSF.
9551 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
9552 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
9553 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
9554 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable
9555 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
9556 This also moves matching of explicit local host names
9557 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
9558 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill
9559 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
9560 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
9561 University of Sydney.
9562 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
9563 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
9564 This is because of the known bug where definition of
9565 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
9566 both and deliver into the local mailbox.
9567 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
9568 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
9569 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up
9570 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo
9572 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
9573 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
9574 these are often used because either the forward or reverse
9575 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
9576 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo
9579 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
9580 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
9581 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
9582 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
9583 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
9584 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
9585 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
9586 DGUX from Doug Anderson.
9587 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
9589 src/Makefile.DomainOS
9591 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
9592 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
9593 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
9595 cf/ostype/domainos.m4
9600 8.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13
9601 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
9602 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From
9603 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
9604 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
9605 were invoked. This caused programs to have group
9606 permissions they should not have had (usually group
9607 daemon instead of their own group). In particular,
9608 Perl scripts would refuse to run.
9609 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
9610 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
9611 Although this does not respond to a specific known
9612 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by
9613 Christian Wettergren.
9614 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
9615 a system with a restricted shell listed in their
9616 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
9617 program by putting that in their .forward file.
9618 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
9619 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
9620 execute a program or write a file. You can disable
9621 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't
9622 permit world-writable :include: files to reference
9623 programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
9624 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
9625 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
9626 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
9627 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
9628 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
9629 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially
9630 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
9631 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
9632 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
9633 connection to create problems on the current job.
9634 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
9636 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
9637 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
9638 problem that ignored the load average in locally
9639 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar.
9640 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From
9641 John Orthoefer of BB&N.
9642 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
9643 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
9644 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
9645 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
9646 when sending error messages. This resulted in
9647 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself
9648 on the following queue run. Problem noted by
9649 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
9650 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
9651 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From
9652 Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
9653 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
9654 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
9655 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin.
9656 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
9657 of the Chalmers University of Technology.
9658 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
9659 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
9660 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes
9662 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
9663 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
9664 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
9665 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
9666 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
9667 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University.
9668 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
9669 this makes it easier to turn it off (using
9670 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse.
9671 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
9672 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
9673 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
9674 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
9675 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith
9676 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
9677 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
9678 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
9679 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
9680 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
9681 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
9682 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
9683 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
9685 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
9686 of from a clean exit.
9687 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
9688 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
9689 might still be found in /etc/hosts.
9690 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
9691 as the subject of an error message, even though the
9692 actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
9693 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
9694 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle
9696 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
9697 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time
9698 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton
9699 University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
9700 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
9701 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
9702 says that they should be ignored.
9703 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
9704 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
9705 (with the null input), and logs the result. This
9706 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
9708 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
9709 documented in the Bat Book.
9710 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
9711 return an error message and did not requeue the message.
9712 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
9713 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
9714 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
9715 code during some parts of connection initialization.
9716 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
9717 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
9718 any case. From Amir Plivatsky.
9719 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
9720 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
9721 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura
9722 of Kyoto University.
9723 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
9724 From P{r Emanuelsson.
9725 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
9726 Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
9727 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by
9729 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
9730 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
9731 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
9732 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori
9734 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
9735 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
9736 illegal addresses appearing there).
9737 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
9739 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
9741 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen
9742 Campbell of Dartmouth University.
9743 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
9744 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
9745 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported
9746 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
9747 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
9748 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
9749 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
9750 by the other end closing the connection. From
9751 Dave Morrison of Oracle.
9752 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
9753 to include a host name or other useful information.
9754 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince
9756 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
9757 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
9758 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
9759 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of
9760 the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
9761 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
9762 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
9763 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
9764 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
9766 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
9767 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
9768 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
9769 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
9770 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
9771 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
9772 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it
9773 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
9774 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
9775 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
9776 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
9777 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
9778 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server
9779 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
9780 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
9781 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
9782 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
9783 of the Institute for Global Communications.
9784 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
9785 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail
9786 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
9787 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
9788 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
9789 mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
9790 Portability fixes for:
9791 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
9792 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
9793 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
9794 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
9795 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
9796 of Stoner Associates.
9797 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
9798 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
9799 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
9801 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
9802 NetBSD from Adam Glass.
9803 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
9804 Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
9805 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
9807 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
9809 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
9810 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
9811 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location
9812 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
9813 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
9814 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
9815 since this is intended only for internal use, the
9816 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The
9817 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
9818 addresses when relaying internally.
9819 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
9820 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution
9821 provided by Peter Wemm.
9822 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
9823 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From
9824 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
9825 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
9826 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
9827 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
9828 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
9829 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
9831 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
9832 rather than letting them get "local configuration
9833 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
9834 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
9835 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
9836 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This
9837 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
9838 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
9839 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
9840 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
9841 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
9842 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
9843 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
9844 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
9845 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan
9847 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From
9848 Jim Murray of Stratus.
9849 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
9850 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host
9851 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
9852 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
9853 the local name prepended.
9854 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
9855 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
9856 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
9857 which lack newline. From Mark Delany.
9858 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
9859 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC
9860 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
9861 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
9862 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
9863 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
9864 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
9865 :include: files and accounts that have shells
9866 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may
9867 cause some .forward files that have worked
9868 before to start failing.
9869 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
9873 src/Makefile.FreeBSD
9874 src/Makefile.Mach386
9881 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
9883 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
9885 makemap/Makefile.dist
9886 praliases/Makefile.dist
9888 8.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31
9889 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
9890 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
9891 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu.
9892 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This
9893 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
9895 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync()
9896 in a few critical places.
9897 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
9898 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's
9899 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric
9900 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
9901 and High-Energy Physics.
9902 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
9903 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From
9905 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
9906 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
9907 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric
9909 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
9910 really become relevant in the next release, but some
9911 people need it for local patches. From Michael
9912 Corrigan of UC San Diego.
9913 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
9914 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
9915 these can have different values depending on which
9916 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar.
9917 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
9918 what uid/gid processes ran as.
9919 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
9920 the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
9921 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
9923 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
9924 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
9925 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
9926 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
9927 addresses (so that it matches local again). From
9929 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
9930 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
9931 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori
9932 Nakamura of Kyoto University.
9933 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but
9934 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura.
9936 8.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15
9937 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
9938 addresses that get return-receipts.
9939 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
9940 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
9941 and end up sending the message several times.
9942 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
9943 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for
9945 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
9946 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as
9947 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
9948 Cornell University Medical College.
9949 If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
9950 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
9951 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
9952 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric
9954 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
9955 connections fail during message collection. From
9957 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
9958 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
9959 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of
9961 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
9962 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by
9963 Allan Johannesen of WPI.
9964 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
9965 by non-root users were not put into
9966 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
9967 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix
9968 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
9969 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
9970 could get confused as to whether a database was
9972 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
9973 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
9974 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature",
9975 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
9976 that this is a highly exceptional case.)
9977 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
9978 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
9979 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
9980 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
9982 8.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08
9983 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
9984 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
9985 causing an error during parsing, that message was never
9986 propagated to the queue file.
9989 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
9990 conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
9991 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
9992 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
9993 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
9994 header files but don't have the syscall.
9995 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
9997 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
9998 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
9999 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
10000 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
10001 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
10002 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10003 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
10004 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
10005 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
10006 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
10007 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
10008 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
10009 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
10010 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro
10012 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
10013 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill
10014 Wisner of The Well.
10015 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
10016 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
10017 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
10018 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
10019 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups
10020 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
10021 files that you should be able to read but have previously
10022 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
10024 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
10025 if the user is forced to override some silly system,
10026 MX suppression will still work.
10027 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
10028 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it
10029 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
10030 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10031 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
10032 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori
10034 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
10036 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
10037 trying to send the original message if the connection
10038 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
10039 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported
10040 by John Myers of CMU.
10041 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
10043 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
10044 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
10045 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
10046 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would
10047 keep trying, it would send error messages on each
10048 queue interval. This is an important fix.
10049 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
10050 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
10051 ruleset testing a bit easier.
10052 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
10053 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
10055 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
10056 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly
10057 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the
10058 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
10060 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
10061 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of
10062 Harvey Mudd College.
10063 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
10064 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to
10065 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
10066 their full name information.
10067 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
10068 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
10069 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd.
10070 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
10071 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
10072 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
10073 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
10074 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
10075 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10076 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
10077 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray
10078 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
10079 PC TCP/IP implementations.
10080 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
10081 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults
10082 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved
10083 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
10085 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
10086 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
10088 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
10089 get a queue file for an already completed job. This
10090 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the
10091 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
10092 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
10093 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
10094 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
10095 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
10096 that claims to be itself works properly.
10097 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
10098 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
10099 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
10100 recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
10101 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
10102 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan
10103 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
10104 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
10105 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
10106 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
10107 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
10109 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
10110 true address to still send to the original address
10111 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
10112 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
10113 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
10114 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused
10115 more trouble than it was worth.
10116 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
10117 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob
10118 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
10119 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example,
10120 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
10121 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
10122 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
10124 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
10125 messages don't come out with stale information.
10126 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
10127 will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
10128 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
10129 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner
10131 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
10132 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael
10134 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
10135 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope
10137 Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
10138 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
10139 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
10140 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
10141 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
10142 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
10143 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
10144 that does bulk data transfer).
10145 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by
10147 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an
10148 observation that some people were using the SITE macro
10149 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
10150 bogus config files that were not caught.
10151 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
10152 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
10153 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
10154 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
10155 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
10156 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
10157 :include:s don't use the wrong uid.
10158 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
10159 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
10160 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
10161 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
10162 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
10163 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
10164 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
10165 opened or if running with no database format defined.
10166 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
10167 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
10168 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
10169 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the
10170 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
10172 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
10173 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
10174 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries
10175 to match regular entries.
10176 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
10177 feature, even if it doesn't work right.
10178 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
10179 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
10180 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
10181 for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
10182 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
10183 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
10184 error message so that the "subject" line of return
10185 messages is the best possible.
10186 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
10187 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
10188 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
10189 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
10190 connections (domain-ized UUCP).
10191 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
10192 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
10193 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
10194 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
10195 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
10196 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation
10197 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
10199 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
10200 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
10201 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2
10202 installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
10203 Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10204 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
10205 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
10206 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
10207 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
10208 addresses in any detail.
10209 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
10210 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
10211 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
10212 with an address such as "!foo".
10213 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
10214 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better
10215 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
10216 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by
10220 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
10221 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
10222 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
10223 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith.
10224 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
10225 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break
10226 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
10227 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
10228 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori
10230 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
10231 are no DNS records matching the name.
10232 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
10233 original message was received ... from localhost".
10234 The correct original host information is now included.
10235 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
10236 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it
10237 to use -f instead. From John Myers.
10238 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
10239 esmtp -- it should be smtp.
10240 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
10241 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
10242 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
10243 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious
10244 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
10245 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes
10246 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
10247 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
10250 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because
10251 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
10252 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
10253 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
10254 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If
10255 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
10256 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
10257 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
10258 are really configuration errors. This option is
10259 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
10261 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
10262 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused
10263 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
10264 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
10265 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted
10267 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
10268 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
10269 suppress the sending of the message. This changes
10270 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
10271 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem
10272 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
10273 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
10274 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
10275 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit
10276 of dickering with error handling (see below).
10277 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This
10278 will only hurt already-broken software and should help
10280 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
10281 compiled in. It would never read the alias file.
10282 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
10284 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
10285 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change
10286 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
10287 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers.
10288 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
10289 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the
10290 connection rather than sending QUIT.
10291 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
10292 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
10293 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem
10294 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
10295 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10296 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
10297 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
10298 core dumps on some machines.
10299 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
10300 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
10301 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
10302 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
10303 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
10304 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually
10305 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
10306 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
10307 some true error conditions.
10308 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
10309 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced
10310 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
10311 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
10312 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
10313 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it
10314 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted
10315 by Motonori Nakamura.
10316 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
10317 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This
10318 caused error messages to be handled differently during
10319 a queue run than a direct run.
10320 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
10321 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
10322 just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
10323 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
10324 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
10325 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
10326 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
10328 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
10329 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change
10330 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
10331 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
10332 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
10333 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c
10334 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
10335 is appropriately functional.
10336 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
10337 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
10338 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray
10339 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
10340 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
10341 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
10342 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
10343 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
10345 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
10346 process group id. The original fix was to get around
10347 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
10348 any call from a shell that creates a process group id
10349 different from the process id. I could try to fix
10350 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
10351 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
10353 Portability changes:
10354 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
10355 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
10356 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This
10357 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
10359 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should
10360 help other strict ANSI compilers.
10361 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
10363 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
10364 documentation apparently doesn't define
10365 __STDC__ by default).
10366 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
10367 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
10369 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
10370 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
10371 several people have made a good argument that this
10372 creates more problems than it solves (although this
10373 may prove painful in the short run).
10374 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
10376 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
10377 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
10378 addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
10379 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
10380 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
10381 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
10382 the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
10383 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
10384 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
10385 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
10386 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik
10387 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
10388 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
10389 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
10390 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
10391 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10392 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
10393 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default
10394 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
10395 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out
10396 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
10397 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
10398 environments. Ugly as sin.
10401 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
10402 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
10403 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This
10404 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
10405 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
10406 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
10407 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for
10408 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is
10409 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
10410 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
10411 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more
10413 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
10415 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
10416 compatibility library. This also adds a new
10417 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
10418 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
10419 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
10420 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least
10421 for quick test cases.
10422 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
10423 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
10424 and at least one of those addresses is good and points
10425 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
10426 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
10427 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
10428 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers.
10429 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
10430 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This
10431 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
10432 From Michael Corrigan.
10433 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
10434 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested
10435 by Bill Wisner of The Well.
10436 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
10437 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
10438 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner.
10439 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
10440 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by
10441 Christophe Wolfhugel.
10442 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel.
10445 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
10446 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
10447 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT
10448 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
10449 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why???
10450 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
10451 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
10452 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix
10454 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
10455 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
10456 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham
10457 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
10458 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
10459 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
10460 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
10461 match the other flags in that file.
10462 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar.
10463 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
10464 Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
10465 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
10466 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
10467 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar.
10468 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
10469 forks. From Eric Wassenaar.
10470 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
10471 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
10472 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura.
10473 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
10474 was specified, it would still replace the key with the
10475 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
10476 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
10477 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code
10478 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
10479 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed
10480 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
10481 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
10482 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
10483 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
10484 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
10485 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
10486 the root and directories leading up to your home);
10487 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
10489 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
10490 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
10491 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
10492 the user's home directory isn't x'able.
10493 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
10494 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
10495 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
10496 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that
10497 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
10498 is separate; this is just intended to work around
10499 network clogs that will occur before the final dot
10500 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar.
10501 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
10502 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
10503 matching without a null it never tries again with a
10504 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never
10505 tries without the null and creates new maps with a
10506 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with
10507 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified,
10508 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
10509 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O,
10511 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
10512 will insert the appropriate full name information;
10513 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
10515 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
10516 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't
10517 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
10518 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
10519 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
10520 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
10521 only happen when there has been another error in the
10522 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined
10523 by default in conf.h.
10524 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
10525 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for
10526 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
10527 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
10528 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
10529 This output is not intended to be particularly human
10530 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
10531 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
10532 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you
10533 have a local net that should get direct connects, you
10534 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
10535 See cf/README for an example.
10536 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
10537 sites that don't use the -d flag.
10538 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
10539 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
10540 has been requested by several people, but can break
10541 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias"
10542 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
10543 although initial delivery will work, replies will be
10544 broken. Use it sparingly.
10545 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains
10546 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is
10547 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
10548 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you
10549 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
10550 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From
10551 Bill Wisner of The Well.
10552 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
10553 first. This is currently unused in the config files,
10554 but could be used in a mailertable entry.
10556 8.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27
10557 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
10558 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
10559 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
10560 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
10561 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
10562 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
10564 8.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12
10565 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
10566 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus
10567 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
10569 8.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08
10570 Another mailertable fix....
10573 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes.